- Timestamp:
- Aug 4, 2009, 8:51:22 AM (16 years ago)
- File:
-
- 1 edited
Legend:
- Unmodified
- Added
- Removed
-
branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smb.conf.5.html
r274 r309 943 943 that uses cracklib to check the password quality.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>check password script</code></em> = <code class="literal">Disabled</code> 944 944 </em></span> 945 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>check password script</code></em> = <code class="literal"> check password script =/usr/local/sbin/crackcheck</code>946 </em></span> 947 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253671 9"></a>945 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>check password script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/crackcheck</code> 946 </em></span> 947 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536718"></a> 948 948 949 949 client lanman auth (G) 950 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25367 20"></a><a name="CLIENTLANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba client950 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536719"></a><a name="CLIENTLANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba client 951 951 tools will attempt to authenticate itself to servers using the 952 952 weaker LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only server which support NT … … 959 959 attempted.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client lanman auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 960 960 </em></span> 961 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253679 5"></a>961 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536794"></a> 962 962 963 963 client ldap sasl wrapping (G) 964 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253679 6"></a><a name="CLIENTLDAPSASLWRAPPING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>964 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536795"></a><a name="CLIENTLDAPSASLWRAPPING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 965 965 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTLDAPSASLWRAPPING" target="_top">client ldap sasl wrapping</a> defines whether 966 966 ldap traffic will be signed or signed and encrypted (sealed). … … 990 990 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client ldap sasl wrapping</code></em> = <code class="literal">plain</code> 991 991 </em></span> 992 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253691 1"></a>992 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536910"></a> 993 993 994 994 client ntlmv2 auth (G) 995 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253691 2"></a><a name="CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to995 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536911"></a><a name="CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 996 996 authenticate itself to servers using the NTLMv2 encrypted password 997 997 response.</p><p>If enabled, only an NTLMv2 and LMv2 response (both much more … … 1005 1005 responses, and not the weaker LM or NTLM.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client ntlmv2 auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1006 1006 </em></span> 1007 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253699 8"></a>1007 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536997"></a> 1008 1008 1009 1009 client plaintext auth (G) 1010 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253699 9"></a><a name="CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext1010 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536998"></a><a name="CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext 1011 1011 password if the server does not support encrypted passwords.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client plaintext auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1012 1012 </em></span> 1013 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253703 8"></a>1013 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537037"></a> 1014 1014 1015 1015 client schannel (G) 1016 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253703 9"></a><a name="CLIENTSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1016 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537038"></a><a name="CLIENTSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1017 1017 This controls whether the client offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. 1018 1018 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTSCHANNEL" target="_top">client schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel, … … 1024 1024 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1025 1025 </em></span> 1026 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253712 2"></a>1026 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537121"></a> 1027 1027 1028 1028 client signing (G) 1029 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253712 3"></a><a name="CLIENTSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB signing. Possible values1029 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537122"></a><a name="CLIENTSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB signing. Possible values 1030 1030 are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span> 1031 1031 and <span class="emphasis"><em>disabled</em></span>. … … 1035 1035 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 1036 1036 </em></span> 1037 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253717 6"></a>1037 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537175"></a> 1038 1038 1039 1039 client use spnego (G) 1040 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253717 7"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This variable controls whether Samba clients will try1040 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537176"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This variable controls whether Samba clients will try 1041 1041 to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with 1042 1042 supporting servers (including WindowsXP, Windows2000 and Samba … … 1044 1044 mechanism. This enables Kerberos authentication in particular.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client use spnego</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1045 1045 </em></span> 1046 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253721 8"></a>1046 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537217"></a> 1047 1047 1048 1048 cluster addresses (G) 1049 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253721 9"></a><a name="CLUSTERADDRESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With this parameter you can add additional addresses1049 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537218"></a><a name="CLUSTERADDRESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With this parameter you can add additional addresses 1050 1050 nmbd will register with a WINS server. These addresses are not 1051 1051 necessarily present on all nodes simultaneously, but they will … … 1056 1056 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cluster addresses</code></em> = <code class="literal">10.0.0.1 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.3</code> 1057 1057 </em></span> 1058 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253727 4"></a>1058 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537273"></a> 1059 1059 1060 1060 clustering (G) 1061 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253727 5"></a><a name="CLUSTERING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should contact1061 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537274"></a><a name="CLUSTERING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should contact 1062 1062 ctdb for accessing its tdb files and use ctdb as a backend 1063 1063 for its messaging backend. … … 1066 1066 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>clustering</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1067 1067 </em></span> 1068 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253732 3"></a>1068 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537322"></a> 1069 1069 1070 1070 comment (S) 1071 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253732 4"></a><a name="COMMENT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share1071 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537323"></a><a name="COMMENT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share 1072 1072 when a client does a queries the server, either via the network 1073 1073 neighborhood or via <code class="literal">net view</code> to list what shares … … 1078 1078 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> = <code class="literal">Fred's Files</code> 1079 1079 </em></span> 1080 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253739 7"></a>1080 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537396"></a> 1081 1081 1082 1082 config backend (G) 1083 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253739 8"></a><a name="CONFIGBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1083 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537397"></a><a name="CONFIGBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1084 1084 This controls the backend for storing the configuration. 1085 1085 Possible values are <span class="emphasis"><em>file</em></span> (the default) … … 1099 1099 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>config backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">registry</code> 1100 1100 </em></span> 1101 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253748 7"></a>1101 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537486"></a> 1102 1102 1103 1103 config file (G) 1104 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253748 8"></a><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file1104 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537487"></a><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file 1105 1105 to use, instead of the default (usually <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>). 1106 1106 There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set … … 1112 1112 clients).</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>config file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m</code> 1113 1113 </em></span> 1114 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253755 3"></a>1114 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537552"></a> 1115 1115 1116 1116 copy (S) 1117 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253755 4"></a><a name="COPY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service1117 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537553"></a><a name="COPY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service 1118 1118 entries. The specified service is simply duplicated under the 1119 1119 current service's name. Any parameters specified in the current … … 1125 1125 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>copy</code></em> = <code class="literal">otherservice</code> 1126 1126 </em></span> 1127 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253761 5"></a>1127 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537614"></a> 1128 1128 1129 1129 <a name="CREATEMODE"></a>create mode 1130 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253761 6"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537642"></a>1130 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537615"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537641"></a> 1131 1131 1132 1132 create mask (S) 1133 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253764 3"></a><a name="CREATEMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1133 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537642"></a><a name="CREATEMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1134 1134 When a file is created, the necessary permissions are calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to 1135 1135 UNIX permissions, and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this parameter. This parameter may … … 1152 1152 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>create mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0775</code> 1153 1153 </em></span> 1154 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253776 2"></a>1154 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537761"></a> 1155 1155 1156 1156 csc policy (S) 1157 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253776 3"></a><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1157 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537762"></a><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1158 1158 This stands for <span class="emphasis"><em>client-side caching policy</em></span>, and specifies how clients capable of offline 1159 1159 caching will cache the files in the share. The valid values are: manual, documents, programs, disable. … … 1167 1167 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>csc policy</code></em> = <code class="literal">programs</code> 1168 1168 </em></span> 1169 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253783 8"></a>1169 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537837"></a> 1170 1170 1171 1171 ctdbd socket (G) 1172 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253783 9"></a><a name="CTDBDSOCKET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you set <code class="literal">clustering=yes</code>,1172 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537838"></a><a name="CTDBDSOCKET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you set <code class="literal">clustering=yes</code>, 1173 1173 you need to tell Samba where ctdbd listens on its unix domain 1174 1174 socket. The default path as of ctdb 1.0 is /tmp/ctdb.socket which … … 1178 1178 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ctdbd socket</code></em> = <code class="literal">/tmp/ctdb.socket</code> 1179 1179 </em></span> 1180 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253789 8"></a>1180 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537897"></a> 1181 1181 1182 1182 cups connection timeout (G) 1183 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253789 9"></a><a name="CUPSCONNECTIONTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1183 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537898"></a><a name="CUPSCONNECTIONTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1184 1184 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. 1185 1185 </p><p> … … 1191 1191 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups connection timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">60</code> 1192 1192 </em></span> 1193 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253796 9"></a>1193 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537968"></a> 1194 1194 1195 1195 cups options (S) … … 1216 1216 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups options</code></em> = <code class="literal">"raw media=a4"</code> 1217 1217 </em></span> 1218 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253806 8"></a>1218 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538067"></a> 1219 1219 1220 1220 cups server (G) 1221 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253806 9"></a><a name="CUPSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1221 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538068"></a><a name="CUPSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1222 1222 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. 1223 1223 </p><p> … … 1233 1233 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups server</code></em> = <code class="literal">mycupsserver:1631</code> 1234 1234 </em></span> 1235 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253816 5"></a>1235 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538164"></a> 1236 1236 1237 1237 deadtime (G) … … 1248 1248 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>deadtime</code></em> = <code class="literal">15</code> 1249 1249 </em></span> 1250 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253824 2"></a>1250 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538241"></a> 1251 1251 1252 1252 debug class (G) 1253 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253824 3"></a><a name="DEBUGCLASS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1253 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538242"></a><a name="DEBUGCLASS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1254 1254 With this boolean parameter enabled, the debug class (DBGC_CLASS) 1255 1255 will be displayed in the debug header. … … 1259 1259 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug class</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1260 1260 </em></span> 1261 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253829 4"></a>1261 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538293"></a> 1262 1262 1263 1263 debug hires timestamp (G) 1264 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253829 5"></a><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1264 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538294"></a><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1265 1265 Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages are needed with a resolution of higher that seconds, this 1266 1266 boolean parameter adds microsecond resolution to the timestamp message header when turned on. … … 1272 1272 1273 1273 debug pid (G) 1274 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25383 50"></a><a name="DEBUGPID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1274 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538349"></a><a name="DEBUGPID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1275 1275 When using only one log file for more then one forked <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>-process there may be hard to follow which process outputs which 1276 1276 message. This boolean parameter is adds the process-id to the timestamp message headers in the … … 1280 1280 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug pid</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1281 1281 </em></span> 1282 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253841 1"></a>1282 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538410"></a> 1283 1283 1284 1284 debug prefix timestamp (G) 1285 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253841 2"></a><a name="DEBUGPREFIXTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1285 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538411"></a><a name="DEBUGPREFIXTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1286 1286 With this option enabled, the timestamp message header is prefixed to the debug message without the 1287 1287 filename and function information that is included with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" target="_top">debug timestamp</a> … … 1291 1291 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug prefix timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1292 1292 </em></span> 1293 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253847 4"></a>1293 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538473"></a> 1294 1294 1295 1295 <a name="TIMESTAMPLOGS"></a>timestamp logs 1296 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253847 5"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538501"></a>1296 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538474"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538500"></a> 1297 1297 1298 1298 debug timestamp (G) 1299 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253850 2"></a><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1299 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538501"></a><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1300 1300 Samba debug log messages are timestamped by default. If you are running at a high 1301 1301 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGLEVEL" target="_top">debug level</a> these timestamps can be distracting. This … … 1303 1303 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1304 1304 </em></span> 1305 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253854 9"></a>1305 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538548"></a> 1306 1306 1307 1307 debug uid (G) 1308 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25385 50"></a><a name="DEBUGUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1308 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538549"></a><a name="DEBUGUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1309 1309 Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime run as the connected user, this boolean parameter inserts the 1310 1310 current euid, egid, uid and gid to the timestamp message headers in the log file if turned on. … … 1313 1313 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug uid</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1314 1314 </em></span> 1315 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253860 3"></a>1315 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538602"></a> 1316 1316 1317 1317 default case (S) 1318 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253860 4"></a><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>.1318 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538603"></a><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>. 1319 1319 Also note the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE" target="_top">short preserve case</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default case</code></em> = <code class="literal">lower</code> 1320 1320 </em></span> 1321 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253865 7"></a>1321 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538656"></a> 1322 1322 1323 1323 default devmode (S) 1324 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253865 8"></a><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE" target="_top">printable</a> services.1324 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538657"></a><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE" target="_top">printable</a> services. 1325 1325 When smbd is serving Printer Drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients, each printer on the Samba 1326 1326 server has a Device Mode which defines things such as paper size and … … 1345 1345 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default devmode</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1346 1346 </em></span> 1347 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253874 5"></a>1347 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538744"></a> 1348 1348 1349 1349 <a name="DEFAULT"></a>default 1350 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253874 6"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEFAULTSERVICE">default service</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538772"></a>1350 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538745"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEFAULTSERVICE">default service</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538771"></a> 1351 1351 1352 1352 default service (G) 1353 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253877 3"></a><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service1353 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538772"></a><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service 1354 1354 which will be connected to if the service actually requested cannot 1355 1355 be found. Note that the square brackets are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> … … 1365 1365 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default service</code></em> = <code class="literal">pub</code> 1366 1366 </em></span> 1367 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253887 4"></a>1367 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538873"></a> 1368 1368 1369 1369 defer sharing violations (G) 1370 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253887 5"></a><a name="DEFERSHARINGVIOLATIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1370 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538874"></a><a name="DEFERSHARINGVIOLATIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1371 1371 Windows allows specifying how a file will be shared with 1372 1372 other processes when it is opened. Sharing violations occur when … … 1384 1384 1385 1385 delete group script (G) 1386 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25389 30"></a><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will1386 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538929"></a><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will 1387 1387 be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a group is requested to be deleted. 1388 1388 It will expand any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> to the group name passed. … … 1390 1390 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete group script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 1391 1391 </em></span> 1392 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253898 5"></a>1392 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538984"></a> 1393 1393 1394 1394 deleteprinter command (G) 1395 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253898 6"></a><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer1395 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538985"></a><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer 1396 1396 support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, it is now 1397 1397 possible to delete a printer at run time by issuing the … … 1411 1411 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>deleteprinter command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/removeprinter</code> 1412 1412 </em></span> 1413 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253911 2"></a>1413 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539111"></a> 1414 1414 1415 1415 delete readonly (S) 1416 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253911 3"></a><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted.1416 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539112"></a><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted. 1417 1417 This is not normal DOS semantics, but is allowed by UNIX.</p><p>This option may be useful for running applications such 1418 1418 as rcs, where UNIX file ownership prevents changing file 1419 1419 permissions, and DOS semantics prevent deletion of a read only file.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete readonly</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1420 1420 </em></span> 1421 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253915 7"></a>1421 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539156"></a> 1422 1422 1423 1423 delete share command (G) 1424 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253915 8"></a><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1424 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539157"></a><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1425 1425 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 1426 1426 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> is used to define an external … … 1448 1448 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/delshare</code> 1449 1449 </em></span> 1450 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253930 9"></a>1450 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539308"></a> 1451 1451 1452 1452 delete user from group script (G) 1453 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25393 10"></a><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when1453 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539309"></a><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when 1454 1454 a user is removed from a group using the Windows NT domain administration 1455 1455 tools. It will be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>. … … 1460 1460 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete user from group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/deluser %u %g</code> 1461 1461 </em></span> 1462 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253938 9"></a>1462 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539388"></a> 1463 1463 1464 1464 delete user script (G) 1465 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25393 90"></a><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will1465 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539389"></a><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will 1466 1466 be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when managing users 1467 1467 with remote RPC (NT) tools. … … 1472 1472 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u</code> 1473 1473 </em></span> 1474 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253946 5"></a>1474 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539464"></a> 1475 1475 1476 1476 delete veto files (S) 1477 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253946 6"></a><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to1477 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539465"></a><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to 1478 1478 delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories 1479 1479 (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOFILES" target="_top">veto files</a> … … 1489 1489 is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete veto files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1490 1490 </em></span> 1491 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253955 1"></a>1491 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539550"></a> 1492 1492 1493 1493 dfree cache time (S) 1494 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253955 2"></a><a name="DFREECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1494 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539551"></a><a name="DFREECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1495 1495 The <em class="parameter"><code>dfree cache time</code></em> should only be used on systems where a problem 1496 1496 occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may occur … … 1505 1505 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dfree cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">dfree cache time = 60</code> 1506 1506 </em></span> 1507 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253962 3"></a>1507 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539622"></a> 1508 1508 1509 1509 dfree command (S) 1510 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253962 4"></a><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1510 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539623"></a><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1511 1511 The <em class="parameter"><code>dfree command</code></em> setting should only be used on systems where a 1512 1512 problem occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may … … 1546 1546 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dfree command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/dfree</code> 1547 1547 </em></span> 1548 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253974 5"></a>1548 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539744"></a> 1549 1549 1550 1550 <a name="DIRECTORYMODE"></a>directory mode 1551 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253974 6"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539772"></a>1551 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539745"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539771"></a> 1552 1552 1553 1553 directory mask (S) 1554 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253977 3"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are1554 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539772"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are 1555 1555 used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX 1556 1556 directories.</p><p>When a directory is created, the necessary permissions are … … 1570 1570 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0775</code> 1571 1571 </em></span> 1572 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253987 7"></a>1572 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539876"></a> 1573 1573 1574 1574 directory security mask (S) 1575 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253987 8"></a><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits1575 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539877"></a><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits 1576 1576 will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX 1577 1577 permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog … … 1593 1593 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0700</code> 1594 1594 </em></span> 1595 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id253997 7"></a>1595 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539976"></a> 1596 1596 1597 1597 disable netbios (G) 1598 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id253997 8"></a><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support1598 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539977"></a><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support 1599 1599 in Samba. Netbios is the only available form of browsing in 1600 1600 all windows versions except for 2000 and XP. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Clients that only support netbios won't be able to … … 1602 1602 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>disable netbios</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1603 1603 </em></span> 1604 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254002 3"></a>1604 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540022"></a> 1605 1605 1606 1606 disable spoolss (G) 1607 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254002 4"></a><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support1607 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540023"></a><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support 1608 1608 for the SPOOLSS set of MS-RPC's and will yield identical behavior 1609 1609 as Samba 2.0.x. Windows NT/2000 clients will downgrade to using … … 1620 1620 1621 1621 display charset (G) 1622 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254007 6"></a><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1622 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540075"></a><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1623 1623 Specifies the charset that samba will use to print messages to stdout and stderr. 1624 1624 The default value is "LOCALE", which means automatically set, depending on the … … 1629 1629 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>display charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">UTF8</code> 1630 1630 </em></span> 1631 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254014 1"></a>1631 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540140"></a> 1632 1632 1633 1633 dmapi support (S) 1634 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254014 2"></a><a name="DMAPISUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to1634 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540141"></a><a name="DMAPISUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to 1635 1635 determine whether a file is offline or not. This would typically 1636 1636 be used in conjunction with a hierarchical storage system that … … 1647 1647 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dmapi support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1648 1648 </em></span> 1649 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540 200"></a>1649 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540199"></a> 1650 1650 1651 1651 dns proxy (G) 1652 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254020 1"></a><a name="DNSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and1652 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540200"></a><a name="DNSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and 1653 1653 finding that a NetBIOS name has not been registered, should treat the 1654 1654 NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS name and do a lookup with the DNS server … … 1659 1659 action.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dns proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1660 1660 </em></span> 1661 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254026 3"></a>1661 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540262"></a> 1662 1662 1663 1663 domain logons (G) 1664 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254026 4"></a><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1664 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540263"></a><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1665 1665 If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, the Samba server will 1666 1666 provide the netlogon service for Windows 9X network logons for the … … 1672 1672 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>domain logons</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1673 1673 </em></span> 1674 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254031 7"></a>1674 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540316"></a> 1675 1675 1676 1676 domain master (G) 1677 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254031 8"></a><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1677 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540317"></a><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1678 1678 Tell <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to enable 1679 1679 WAN-wide browse list collation. Setting this option causes <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to claim a … … 1701 1701 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>domain master</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 1702 1702 </em></span> 1703 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254050 8"></a>1703 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540507"></a> 1704 1704 1705 1705 dont descend (S) 1706 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254050 9"></a><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems1706 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540508"></a><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems 1707 1707 (e.g., the <code class="filename">/proc</code> tree under Linux) that are either not 1708 1708 of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive). This … … 1715 1715 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dont descend</code></em> = <code class="literal">/proc,/dev</code> 1716 1716 </em></span> 1717 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254058 6"></a>1717 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540585"></a> 1718 1718 1719 1719 dos charset (G) 1720 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254058 7"></a><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has1720 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540586"></a><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has 1721 1721 the same charset as they do. This option specifies which 1722 1722 charset Samba should talk to DOS clients. 1723 1723 </p><p>The default depends on which charsets you have installed. 1724 1724 Samba tries to use charset 850 but falls back to ASCII in 1725 case it is not available. Run <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254062 7"></a>1725 case it is not available. Run <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540626"></a> 1726 1726 1727 1727 dos filemode (S) 1728 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254062 8"></a><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide1728 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540627"></a><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide 1729 1729 UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is 1730 1730 able to change the permissions on it. However, this behavior … … 1737 1737 file/directory may also be changed.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filemode</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1738 1738 </em></span> 1739 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254068 4"></a>1739 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540683"></a> 1740 1740 1741 1741 dos filetime resolution (S) 1742 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254068 5"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest1742 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540684"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest 1743 1743 granularity on time resolution is two seconds. Setting this parameter 1744 1744 for a share causes Samba to round the reported time down to the … … 1755 1755 happy.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filetime resolution</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1756 1756 </em></span> 1757 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254074 7"></a>1757 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540746"></a> 1758 1758 1759 1759 dos filetimes (S) 1760 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254074 8"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a1760 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540747"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a 1761 1761 file they can change the timestamp on it. Under POSIX semantics, 1762 1762 only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp. By … … 1772 1772 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filetimes</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1773 1773 </em></span> 1774 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254081 3"></a>1774 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540812"></a> 1775 1775 1776 1776 ea support (S) 1777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254081 4"></a><a name="EASUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended1777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540813"></a><a name="EASUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended 1778 1778 attributes on a share. In order to enable this parameter the underlying filesystem exported by 1779 1779 the share must support extended attributes (such as provided on XFS and EXT3 on Linux, with the … … 1782 1782 extended attributes must be compiled into the Linux kernel.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ea support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1783 1783 </em></span> 1784 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254086 6"></a>1784 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540865"></a> 1785 1785 1786 1786 enable asu support (G) 1787 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254086 7"></a><a name="ENABLEASUSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product1787 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540866"></a><a name="ENABLEASUSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product 1788 1788 require some special accomodations such as creating a builtin [ADMIN$] 1789 1789 share that only supports IPC connections. The has been the default … … 1793 1793 an [ADMIN$] file share in smb.conf.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable asu support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1794 1794 </em></span> 1795 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254091 1"></a>1795 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540910"></a> 1796 1796 1797 1797 enable privileges (G) 1798 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254091 2"></a><a name="ENABLEPRIVILEGES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1798 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540911"></a><a name="ENABLEPRIVILEGES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1799 1799 This parameter controls whether or not smbd will honor privileges assigned to specific SIDs via either 1800 1800 <code class="literal">net rpc rights</code> or one of the Windows user and group manager tools. This parameter is … … 1809 1809 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable privileges</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1810 1810 </em></span> 1811 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254097 1"></a>1811 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540970"></a> 1812 1812 1813 1813 encrypt passwords (G) 1814 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254097 2"></a><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords1814 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540971"></a><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords 1815 1815 will be negotiated with the client. Note that Windows NT 4.0 SP3 and 1816 1816 above and also Windows 98 will by default expect encrypted passwords … … 1835 1835 server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>encrypt passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1836 1836 </em></span> 1837 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254107 6"></a>1837 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541075"></a> 1838 1838 1839 1839 enhanced browsing (G) 1840 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254107 7"></a><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to1840 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541076"></a><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to 1841 1841 cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba 1842 1842 but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations. … … 1851 1851 cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enhanced browsing</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1852 1852 </em></span> 1853 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254113 7"></a>1853 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541136"></a> 1854 1854 1855 1855 enumports command (G) 1856 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254113 8"></a><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign1856 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541137"></a><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign 1857 1857 to UNIX hosts. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port 1858 1858 is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of … … 1871 1871 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enumports command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/listports</code> 1872 1872 </em></span> 1873 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254121 8"></a>1873 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541217"></a> 1874 1874 1875 1875 eventlog list (G) 1876 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254121 9"></a><a name="EVENTLOGLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of log names that Samba will1876 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541218"></a><a name="EVENTLOGLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of log names that Samba will 1877 1877 report to the Microsoft EventViewer utility. The listed 1878 1878 eventlogs will be associated with tdb file on disk in the … … 1887 1887 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>eventlog list</code></em> = <code class="literal">Security Application Syslog Apache</code> 1888 1888 </em></span> 1889 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254129 1"></a>1889 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541290"></a> 1890 1890 1891 1891 fake directory create times (S) 1892 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254129 2"></a><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create1892 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541291"></a><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create 1893 1893 time for all files and directories. This is not the same as the 1894 1894 ctime - status change time - that Unix keeps, so Samba by default … … 1912 1912 will proceed as expected.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fake directory create times</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1913 1913 </em></span> 1914 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254135 8"></a>1914 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541357"></a> 1915 1915 1916 1916 fake oplocks (S) 1917 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254135 9"></a><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission1917 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541358"></a><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission 1918 1918 from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants 1919 1919 an oplock (opportunistic lock) then the client is free to assume … … 1931 1931 this option carefully!</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fake oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1932 1932 </em></span> 1933 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254144 2"></a>1933 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541441"></a> 1934 1934 1935 1935 follow symlinks (S) 1936 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254144 3"></a><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1936 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541442"></a><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1937 1937 This parameter allows the Samba administrator to stop <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> from following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this 1938 1938 parameter to <code class="constant">no</code> prevents any file or directory that is a symbolic link from being … … 1944 1944 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>follow symlinks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1945 1945 </em></span> 1946 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254151 2"></a>1946 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541511"></a> 1947 1947 1948 1948 force create mode (S) 1949 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254151 3"></a><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit1949 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541512"></a><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 1950 1950 permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a 1951 1951 file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto … … 1959 1959 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force create mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code> 1960 1960 </em></span> 1961 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254158 6"></a>1961 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541585"></a> 1962 1962 1963 1963 force directory mode (S) 1964 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254158 7"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit1964 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541586"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 1965 1965 permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a directory 1966 1966 created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the … … 1975 1975 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force directory mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code> 1976 1976 </em></span> 1977 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25416 60"></a>1977 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541659"></a> 1978 1978 1979 1979 force directory security mode (S) 1980 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254166 1"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1980 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541660"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1981 1981 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating 1982 1982 the UNIX permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog box. … … 1999 1999 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force directory security mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">700</code> 2000 2000 </em></span> 2001 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254175 7"></a>2001 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541756"></a> 2002 2002 2003 2003 <a name="GROUP"></a>group 2004 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254175 8"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#FORCEGROUP">force group</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541784"></a>2004 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541757"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#FORCEGROUP">force group</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541783"></a> 2005 2005 2006 2006 force group (S) 2007 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254178 5"></a><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be2007 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541784"></a><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be 2008 2008 assigned as the default primary group for all users connecting 2009 2009 to this service. This is useful for sharing files by ensuring … … 2029 2029 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force group</code></em> = <code class="literal">agroup</code> 2030 2030 </em></span> 2031 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254188 9"></a>2031 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541888"></a> 2032 2032 2033 2033 force printername (S) 2034 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25418 90"></a><a name="FORCEPRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When printing from Windows NT (or later),2034 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541889"></a><a name="FORCEPRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When printing from Windows NT (or later), 2035 2035 each printer in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> has two 2036 2036 associated names which can be used by the client. The first … … 2055 2055 folder.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force printername</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2056 2056 </em></span> 2057 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25419 80"></a>2057 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541979"></a> 2058 2058 2059 2059 force security mode (S) 2060 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254198 1"></a><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2060 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541980"></a><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2061 2061 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating 2062 2062 the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. … … 2078 2078 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force security mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">700</code> 2079 2079 </em></span> 2080 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254208 2"></a>2080 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542081"></a> 2081 2081 2082 2082 force unknown acl user (S) 2083 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254208 3"></a><a name="FORCEUNKNOWNACLUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2083 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542082"></a><a name="FORCEUNKNOWNACLUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2084 2084 If this parameter is set, a Windows NT ACL that contains an unknown SID (security descriptor, or 2085 2085 representation of a user or group id) as the owner or group owner of the file will be silently … … 2095 2095 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force unknown acl user</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2096 2096 </em></span> 2097 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254214 5"></a>2097 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542144"></a> 2098 2098 2099 2099 force user (S) 2100 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254214 6"></a><a name="FORCEUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be2100 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542145"></a><a name="FORCEUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be 2101 2101 assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service. 2102 2102 This is useful for sharing files. You should also use it carefully … … 2112 2112 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force user</code></em> = <code class="literal">auser</code> 2113 2113 </em></span> 2114 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254222 1"></a>2114 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542220"></a> 2115 2115 2116 2116 fstype (S) 2117 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254222 2"></a><a name="FSTYPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2117 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542221"></a><a name="FSTYPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2118 2118 This parameter allows the administrator to configure the string that specifies the type of filesystem a share 2119 2119 is using that is reported by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> … … 2125 2125 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fstype</code></em> = <code class="literal">Samba</code> 2126 2126 </em></span> 2127 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254230 3"></a>2127 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542302"></a> 2128 2128 2129 2129 get quota command (G) 2130 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254230 4"></a><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">get quota command</code> should only be used2130 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542303"></a><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">get quota command</code> should only be used 2131 2131 whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that 2132 2132 samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available you have compiled Samba with the … … 2149 2149 when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WIDESMBCONFOPTIONS" target="_top">wide smbconfoptions</a> parameter is set to <code class="constant">no</code>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>getwd cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2150 2150 </em></span> 2151 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25425 50"></a>2151 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542549"></a> 2152 2152 2153 2153 guest account (G) 2154 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254255 1"></a><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access2154 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542550"></a><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access 2155 2155 to services which are specified as <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok</a> (see below). Whatever privileges this 2156 2156 user has will be available to any client connecting to the guest service. … … 2176 2176 2177 2177 guest ok (S) 2178 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25426 90"></a><a name="GUESTOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for2178 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542689"></a><a name="GUESTOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for 2179 2179 a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. 2180 2180 Privileges will be those of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" target="_top">guest account</a>.</p><p>This paramater nullifies the benifits of setting … … 2183 2183 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest ok</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2184 2184 </em></span> 2185 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254277 7"></a>2185 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542776"></a> 2186 2186 2187 2187 <a name="ONLYGUEST"></a>only guest 2188 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542778"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTONLY">guest only</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25428 10"></a>2188 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542778"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTONLY">guest only</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542809"></a> 2189 2189 2190 2190 guest only (S) 2191 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254281 1"></a><a name="GUESTONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for2191 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542810"></a><a name="GUESTONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for 2192 2192 a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted. 2193 2193 This parameter will have no effect if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok</a> is not set for the service.</p><p>See the section below on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security</a> for more information about this option. … … 2200 2200 files starting with a dot appear as hidden files.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide dot files</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2201 2201 </em></span> 2202 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254292 5"></a>2202 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542924"></a> 2203 2203 2204 2204 hide files (S) … … 2239 2239 existance of files that cannot be read. Defaults to off.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide unreadable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2240 2240 </em></span> 2241 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254309 9"></a>2241 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543098"></a> 2242 2242 2243 2243 hide unwriteable files (S) 2244 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543 100"></a><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2244 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543099"></a><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2245 2245 This parameter prevents clients from seeing the existance of files that cannot be written to. 2246 2246 Defaults to off. Note that unwriteable directories are shown as usual. … … 2287 2287 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hostname lookups</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2288 2288 </em></span> 2289 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254339 4"></a>2289 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543393"></a> 2290 2290 2291 2291 <a name="ALLOWHOSTS"></a>allow hosts 2292 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254339 5"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543426"></a>2292 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543394"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543426"></a> 2293 2293 2294 2294 hosts allow (S) … … 2316 2316 2317 2317 <a name="DENYHOSTS"></a>deny hosts 2318 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543629"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSDENY">hosts deny</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25436 60"></a>2318 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543629"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSDENY">hosts deny</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543659"></a> 2319 2319 2320 2320 hosts deny (S) 2321 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254366 1"></a><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em>2321 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543660"></a><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> 2322 2322 - hosts listed here are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> permitted access to 2323 2323 services unless the specific services have their own lists to override … … 2333 2333 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts deny</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au</code> 2334 2334 </em></span> 2335 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254376 2"></a>2335 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543761"></a> 2336 2336 2337 2337 idmap alloc backend (G) 2338 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254376 3"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2338 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543762"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2339 2339 The idmap alloc backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use 2340 2340 when allocating Unix uids/gids for Windows SIDs. This option refers … … 2450 2450 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap negative cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">120</code> 2451 2451 </em></span> 2452 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254442 3"></a>2452 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544422"></a> 2453 2453 2454 2454 <a name="WINBINDUID"></a>winbind uid 2455 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254442 4"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544454"></a>2455 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544423"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544453"></a> 2456 2456 2457 2457 idmap uid (G) 2458 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254445 5"></a><a name="IDMAPUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2458 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544454"></a><a name="IDMAPUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2459 2459 The idmap uid parameter specifies the range of user ids that are 2460 2460 allocated for use in mapping UNIX users to NT user SIDs. This … … 2466 2466 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap uid</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000-20000</code> 2467 2467 </em></span> 2468 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25445 40"></a>2468 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544539"></a> 2469 2469 2470 2470 include (G) 2471 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254454 1"></a><a name="INCLUDE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2471 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544540"></a><a name="INCLUDE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2472 2472 This allows you to include one config file inside another. The file is included literally, as though typed 2473 2473 in place. … … 2487 2487 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>include</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf</code> 2488 2488 </em></span> 2489 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254464 1"></a>2489 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544640"></a> 2490 2490 2491 2491 inherit acls (S) 2492 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254464 2"></a><a name="INHERITACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls2492 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544641"></a><a name="INHERITACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls 2493 2493 exist on parent directories, they are always honored when creating a 2494 2494 new file or subdirectory in these parent directories. The default … … 2498 2498 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit acls</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2499 2499 </em></span> 2500 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254468 8"></a>2500 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544687"></a> 2501 2501 2502 2502 inherit owner (S) 2503 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254468 9"></a><a name="INHERITOWNER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The ownership of new files and directories2503 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544688"></a><a name="INHERITOWNER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The ownership of new files and directories 2504 2504 is normally governed by effective uid of the connected user. 2505 2505 This option allows the Samba administrator to specify that … … 2510 2510 roaming profile directory are actually owner by the user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit owner</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2511 2511 </em></span> 2512 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254474 1"></a>2512 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544740"></a> 2513 2513 2514 2514 inherit permissions (S) … … 2539 2539 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>init logon delayed hosts</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.5. myhost.mynet.de</code> 2540 2540 </em></span> 2541 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254496 8"></a>2541 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544967"></a> 2542 2542 2543 2543 init logon delay (G) 2544 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254496 9"></a><a name="INITLOGONDELAY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2544 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544968"></a><a name="INITLOGONDELAY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2545 2545 This parameter specifies a delay in milliseconds for the hosts configured 2546 2546 for delayed initial samlogon with … … 2623 2623 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> = <code class="literal">600</code> 2624 2624 </em></span> 2625 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254542 8"></a>2625 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545427"></a> 2626 2626 2627 2627 kernel change notify (S) 2628 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254542 9"></a><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the2628 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545428"></a><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the 2629 2629 kernel for change notifications in directories so that 2630 2630 SMB clients can refresh whenever the data on the server changes. … … 2633 2633 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kernel change notify</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2634 2634 </em></span> 2635 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254547 8"></a>2635 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545477"></a> 2636 2636 2637 2637 kernel oplocks (G) 2638 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254547 9"></a><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" target="_top">oplocks</a>2638 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545478"></a><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" target="_top">oplocks</a> 2639 2639 (currently only IRIX and the Linux 2.4 kernel), this parameter 2640 2640 allows the use of them to be turned on or off.</p><p>Kernel oplocks support allows Samba <em class="parameter"><code>oplocks … … 2666 2666 special configuration to use it.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lanman auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2667 2667 </em></span> 2668 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254565 9"></a>2668 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545658"></a> 2669 2669 2670 2670 large readwrite (G) 2671 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25456 60"></a><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not2671 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545659"></a><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not 2672 2672 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> supports the new 64k 2673 2673 streaming read and write varient SMB requests introduced with … … 2692 2692 2693 2693 ldap connection timeout (G) 2694 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254582 6"></a><a name="LDAPCONNECTIONTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2694 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545825"></a><a name="LDAPCONNECTIONTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2695 2695 This parameter tells the LDAP library calls which timeout in seconds 2696 2696 they should honor during initial connection establishments to LDAP servers. … … 2704 2704 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap connection timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 2705 2705 </em></span> 2706 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25458 90"></a>2706 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545889"></a> 2707 2707 2708 2708 ldap debug level (G) 2709 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254589 1"></a><a name="LDAPDEBUGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2709 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545890"></a><a name="LDAPDEBUGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2710 2710 This parameter controls the debug level of the LDAP library 2711 2711 calls. In the case of OpenLDAP, it is the same … … 2724 2724 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap debug level</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code> 2725 2725 </em></span> 2726 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254597 8"></a>2726 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545977"></a> 2727 2727 2728 2728 ldap debug threshold (G) 2729 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254597 9"></a><a name="LDAPDEBUGTHRESHOLD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2729 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545978"></a><a name="LDAPDEBUGTHRESHOLD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2730 2730 This parameter controls the Samba debug level at which 2731 2731 the ldap library debug output is … … 2754 2754 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap group suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Groups</code> 2755 2755 </em></span> 2756 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254617 3"></a>2756 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546172"></a> 2757 2757 2758 2758 ldap idmap suffix (G) 2759 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254617 4"></a><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2759 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2546173"></a><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2760 2760 This parameters specifies the suffix that is used when storing idmap mappings. If this parameter 2761 2761 is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix … … 2776 2776 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap machine suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Computers</code> 2777 2777 </em></span> 2778 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254633 8"></a>2778 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546337"></a> 2779 2779 2780 2780 ldap passwd sync (G) 2781 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254633 9"></a><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2781 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2546338"></a><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2782 2782 This option is used to define whether or not Samba should sync the LDAP password with the NT 2783 2783 and LM hashes for normal accounts (NOT for workstation, server or domain trusts) on a password … … 2790 2790 the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap passwd sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2791 2791 </em></span> 2792 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254643 9"></a>2792 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546438"></a> 2793 2793 2794 2794 ldap replication sleep (G) … … 2921 2921 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap ssl ads</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2922 2922 </em></span> 2923 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254681 1"></a>2923 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546810"></a> 2924 2924 2925 2925 ldap ssl (G) … … 2968 2968 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">15</code> 2969 2969 </em></span> 2970 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254716 9"></a>2970 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547168"></a> 2971 2971 2972 2972 ldap user suffix (G) … … 2979 2979 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap user suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=people</code> 2980 2980 </em></span> 2981 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254725 1"></a>2981 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547250"></a> 2982 2982 2983 2983 level2 oplocks (S) 2984 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254725 2"></a><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports2984 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2547251"></a><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports 2985 2985 level2 (read-only) oplocks on a share.</p><p>Level2, or read-only oplocks allow Windows NT clients 2986 2986 that have an oplock on a file to downgrade from a read-write oplock … … 3021 3021 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm announce</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3022 3022 </em></span> 3023 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25474 80"></a>3023 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547479"></a> 3024 3024 3025 3025 lm interval (G) 3026 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254748 1"></a><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce3026 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2547480"></a><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce 3027 3027 broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the 3028 3028 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMANNOUNCE" target="_top">lm announce</a> parameter) then this … … 3071 3071 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/samba/locks</code> 3072 3072 </em></span> 3073 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254783 1"></a>3073 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547830"></a> 3074 3074 3075 3075 locking (S) 3076 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254783 2"></a><a name="LOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be3076 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2547831"></a><a name="LOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be 3077 3077 performed by the server in response to lock requests from the 3078 3078 client.</p><p>If <code class="literal">locking = no</code>, all lock and unlock … … 3092 3092 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock spin count</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 3093 3093 </em></span> 3094 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254796 2"></a>3094 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547961"></a> 3095 3095 3096 3096 lock spin time (G) 3097 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254796 3"></a><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The time in microseconds that smbd should3097 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2547962"></a><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The time in microseconds that smbd should 3098 3098 keep waiting to see if a failed lock request can 3099 3099 be granted. This parameter has changed in default … … 3103 3103 to change the value of this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock spin time</code></em> = <code class="literal">200</code> 3104 3104 </em></span> 3105 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25480 20"></a>3105 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548019"></a> 3106 3106 3107 3107 log file (G) 3108 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254802 1"></a><a name="LOGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3108 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2548020"></a><a name="LOGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3109 3109 This option allows you to override the name of the Samba log file (also known as the debug file). 3110 3110 </p><p> … … 3129 3129 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log level</code></em> = <code class="literal">3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2</code> 3130 3130 </em></span> 3131 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254833 7"></a>3131 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548336"></a> 3132 3132 3133 3133 logon drive (G) … … 3176 3176 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon home</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\remote_smb_server\%U</code> 3177 3177 </em></span> 3178 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254857 7"></a>3178 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548576"></a> 3179 3179 3180 3180 logon path (G) 3181 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254857 8"></a><a name="LOGONPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3181 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2548577"></a><a name="LOGONPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3182 3182 This parameter specifies the directory where roaming profiles (Desktop, NTuser.dat, etc) are 3183 3183 stored. Contrary to previous versions of these manual pages, it has nothing to do with Win 9X roaming … … 3257 3257 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon script</code></em> = <code class="literal">scripts\%U.bat</code> 3258 3258 </em></span> 3259 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254891 5"></a>3259 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548914"></a> 3260 3260 3261 3261 lppause command (S) … … 3284 3284 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lppause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p0</code> 3285 3285 </em></span> 3286 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254906 3"></a>3286 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549062"></a> 3287 3287 3288 3288 lpq cache time (G) … … 3300 3300 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpq cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">10</code> 3301 3301 </em></span> 3302 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254918 2"></a>3302 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549181"></a> 3303 3303 3304 3304 lpq command (S) 3305 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254918 3"></a><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3305 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2549182"></a><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3306 3306 executed on the server host in order to obtain <code class="literal">lpq 3307 3307 </code>-style printer status information.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which … … 3405 3405 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>magic script</code></em> = <code class="literal">user.csh</code> 3406 3406 </em></span> 3407 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254982 6"></a>3407 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549825"></a> 3408 3408 3409 3409 mangled names (S) 3410 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254982 7"></a><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX3410 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2549826"></a><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX 3411 3411 should be mapped to DOS-compatible names ("mangled") and made visible, 3412 3412 or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a> for … … 3433 3433 do not change between sessions.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangled names</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3434 3434 </em></span> 3435 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id254996 3"></a>3435 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549962"></a> 3436 3436 3437 3437 mangle prefix (G) 3438 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id254996 4"></a><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix3438 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2549963"></a><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix 3439 3439 characters from the original name used when generating 3440 3440 the mangled names. A larger value will give a weaker … … 3456 3456 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling char</code></em> = <code class="literal">^</code> 3457 3457 </em></span> 3458 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255010 7"></a>3458 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550106"></a> 3459 3459 3460 3460 mangling method (G) … … 3481 3481 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map acl inherit</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3482 3482 </em></span> 3483 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255023 8"></a>3483 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550231"></a> 3484 3484 3485 3485 map archive (S) 3486 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255023 9"></a><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3486 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550232"></a><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3487 3487 This controls whether the DOS archive attribute 3488 3488 should be mapped to the UNIX owner execute bit. The DOS archive bit … … 3497 3497 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map archive</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3498 3498 </em></span> 3499 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25503 13"></a>3499 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550306"></a> 3500 3500 3501 3501 map hidden (S) 3502 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25503 14"></a><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3502 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550307"></a><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3503 3503 This controls whether DOS style hidden files should be mapped to the UNIX world execute bit. 3504 3504 </p><p> … … 3506 3506 bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 001). See the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a> 3507 3507 for details. 3508 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25503 71"></a>3508 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550364"></a> 3509 3509 3510 3510 map read only (S) 3511 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25503 72"></a><a name="MAPREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3511 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550365"></a><a name="MAPREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3512 3512 This controls how the DOS read only attribute should be mapped from a UNIX filesystem. 3513 3513 </p><p> … … 3534 3534 </p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map read only</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3535 3535 </em></span> 3536 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255052 7"></a>3536 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550520"></a> 3537 3537 3538 3538 map system (S) 3539 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255052 8"></a><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3539 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550521"></a><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3540 3540 This controls whether DOS style system files should be mapped to the UNIX group execute bit. 3541 3541 </p><p> … … 3545 3545 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map system</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3546 3546 </em></span> 3547 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25505 97"></a>3547 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550589"></a> 3548 3548 3549 3549 map to guest (G) 3550 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255059 8"></a><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">SECURITY =3550 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550590"></a><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">SECURITY = 3551 3551 security</a> modes other than <em class="parameter"><code>security = share</code></em> 3552 3552 and <em class="parameter"><code>security = server</code></em> … … 3590 3590 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map to guest</code></em> = <code class="literal">Bad User</code> 3591 3591 </em></span> 3592 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25508 37"></a>3592 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550829"></a> 3593 3593 3594 3594 max connections (S) 3595 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255083 8"></a><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited.3595 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550830"></a><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited. 3596 3596 If <em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> is greater than 0 then connections 3597 3597 will be refused if this number of connections to the service are already open. A value … … 3601 3601 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> = <code class="literal">10</code> 3602 3602 </em></span> 3603 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25509 23"></a>3603 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550915"></a> 3604 3604 3605 3605 max disk size (G) 3606 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25509 24"></a><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit3606 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550916"></a><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit 3607 3607 on the apparent size of disks. If you set this option to 100 3608 3608 then all shares will appear to be not larger than 100 MB in … … 3618 3618 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max disk size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3619 3619 </em></span> 3620 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25 51014"></a>3620 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533629"></a> 3621 3621 3622 3622 max log size (G) 3623 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25 51015"></a><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3623 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2533630"></a><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3624 3624 This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies the max size the log file should grow to. 3625 3625 Samba periodically checks the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding … … 3630 3630 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max log size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3631 3631 </em></span> 3632 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25 51085"></a>3632 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533700"></a> 3633 3633 3634 3634 max mux (G) 3635 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25 51086"></a><a name="MAXMUX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of3635 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2533701"></a><a name="MAXMUX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of 3636 3636 outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client 3637 3637 it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max mux</code></em> = <code class="literal">50</code> 3638 3638 </em></span> 3639 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25 51128"></a>3639 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533743"></a> 3640 3640 3641 3641 max open files (G) 3642 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25 51129"></a><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of3642 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2533744"></a><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of 3643 3643 open files that one <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> file 3644 3644 serving process may have open for a client at any one time. The … … 3648 3648 this parameter so you should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max open files</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000</code> 3649 3649 </em></span> 3650 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25 51188"></a>3650 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533803"></a> 3651 3651 3652 3652 max print jobs (S) 3653 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25 51189"></a><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of3653 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2533804"></a><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of 3654 3654 jobs allowable in a Samba printer queue at any given moment. 3655 3655 If this number is exceeded, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will remote "Out of Space" to the client. … … 3658 3658 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">5000</code> 3659 3659 </em></span> 3660 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551 258"></a>3660 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551524"></a> 3661 3661 3662 3662 <a name="PROTOCOL"></a>protocol 3663 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551 260"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551291"></a>3663 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551526"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551557"></a> 3664 3664 3665 3665 max protocol (G) 3666 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551 292"></a><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest3666 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551558"></a><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest 3667 3667 protocol level that will be supported by the server.</p><p>Possible values are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="constant">CORE</code>: Earliest version. No 3668 3668 concept of user names.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">COREPLUS</code>: Slight improvements on … … 3676 3676 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">LANMAN1</code> 3677 3677 </em></span> 3678 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551 416"></a>3678 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551682"></a> 3679 3679 3680 3680 max reported print jobs (S) 3681 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551 418"></a><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3681 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551684"></a><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3682 3682 This parameter limits the maximum number of jobs displayed in a port monitor for 3683 3683 Samba printer queue at any given moment. If this number is exceeded, the excess … … 3688 3688 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max reported print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3689 3689 </em></span> 3690 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551 480"></a>3690 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551746"></a> 3691 3691 3692 3692 max smbd processes (G) 3693 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551 482"></a><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended3693 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551748"></a><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended 3694 3694 as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event that the server has insufficient 3695 3695 resources to handle more than this number of connections. Remember that under normal operating … … 3699 3699 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max smbd processes</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3700 3700 </em></span> 3701 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551 562"></a>3701 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551828"></a> 3702 3702 3703 3703 max stat cache size (G) 3704 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551 563"></a><a name="MAXSTATCACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the size in memory of any3704 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551829"></a><a name="MAXSTATCACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the size in memory of any 3705 3705 <em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> being used 3706 3706 to speed up case insensitive name mappings. It represents … … 3713 3713 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max stat cache size</code></em> = <code class="literal">100</code> 3714 3714 </em></span> 3715 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551 631"></a>3715 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551897"></a> 3716 3716 3717 3717 max ttl (G) 3718 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551 632"></a><a name="MAXTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live'3718 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551898"></a><a name="MAXTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live' 3719 3719 of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when <code class="literal">nmbd</code> is 3720 3720 requesting a name using either a broadcast packet or from a WINS server. You should 3721 3721 never need to change this parameter. The default is 3 days.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">259200</code> 3722 3722 </em></span> 3723 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551 690"></a>3723 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551956"></a> 3724 3724 3725 3725 max wins ttl (G) 3726 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551 691"></a><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server3726 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551957"></a><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server 3727 3727 (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT" target="_top">wins support = yes</a>) what the maximum 3728 3728 'time to live' of NetBIOS names that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> … … 3730 3730 parameter. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max wins ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">518400</code> 3731 3731 </em></span> 3732 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 1762"></a>3732 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552028"></a> 3733 3733 3734 3734 max xmit (G) 3735 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 1763"></a><a name="MAXXMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size3735 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552029"></a><a name="MAXXMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size 3736 3736 that will be negotiated by Samba. The default is 16644, which 3737 3737 matches the behavior of Windows 2000. A value below 2048 is likely to cause problems. … … 3741 3741 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max xmit</code></em> = <code class="literal">8192</code> 3742 3742 </em></span> 3743 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 1825"></a>3743 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552091"></a> 3744 3744 3745 3745 message command (G) 3746 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 1826"></a><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the3746 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552092"></a><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the 3747 3747 server receives a WinPopup style message.</p><p>This would normally be a command that would 3748 3748 deliver the message somehow. How this is to be done is … … 3783 3783 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>message command</code></em> = <code class="literal">csh -c 'xedit %s; rm %s' &</code> 3784 3784 </em></span> 3785 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552 035"></a>3785 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552301"></a> 3786 3786 3787 3787 min print space (S) 3788 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552 036"></a><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk3788 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552302"></a><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk 3789 3789 space that must be available before a user will be able to spool 3790 3790 a print job. It is specified in kilobytes. The default is 0, which … … 3793 3793 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min print space</code></em> = <code class="literal">2000</code> 3794 3794 </em></span> 3795 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552 097"></a>3795 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552363"></a> 3796 3796 3797 3797 min protocol (G) 3798 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552 098"></a><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the3798 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552364"></a><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the 3799 3799 lowest SMB protocol dialect than Samba will support. Please refer 3800 3800 to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXPROTOCOL" target="_top">max protocol</a> … … 3808 3808 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">NT1</code> 3809 3809 </em></span> 3810 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552 196"></a>3810 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552462"></a> 3811 3811 3812 3812 min receivefile size (G) 3813 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552 197"></a><a name="MINRECEIVEFILESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option changes the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when processing SMBwriteX calls. Any incoming3813 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552463"></a><a name="MINRECEIVEFILESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option changes the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when processing SMBwriteX calls. Any incoming 3814 3814 SMBwriteX call on a non-signed SMB/CIFS connection greater than this value will not be processed in the normal way but will 3815 3815 be passed to any underlying kernel recvfile or splice system call (if there is no such … … 3820 3820 nonzero. The maximum value is 128k. Values greater than 128k will be silently set to 128k.</p><p>Note this option will have NO EFFECT if set on a SMB signed connection.</p><p>The default is zero, which diables this option.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min receivefile size</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 3821 3821 </em></span> 3822 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552 277"></a>3822 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552543"></a> 3823 3823 3824 3824 min wins ttl (G) 3825 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552 278"></a><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>3825 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552544"></a><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> 3826 3826 when acting as a WINS server (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT" target="_top">wins support = yes</a>) what the minimum 'time to live' 3827 3827 of NetBIOS names that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will grant will be (in … … 3829 3829 is 6 hours (21600 seconds).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min wins ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">21600</code> 3830 3830 </em></span> 3831 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552 348"></a>3831 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552614"></a> 3832 3832 3833 3833 msdfs proxy (S) 3834 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552 349"></a><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a3834 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552615"></a><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a 3835 3835 stand-in for another CIFS share whose location is specified by 3836 3836 the value of the parameter. When clients attempt to connect to … … 3840 3840 options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">\otherserver\someshare</code> 3841 3841 </em></span> 3842 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552 426"></a>3842 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552692"></a> 3843 3843 3844 3844 msdfs root (S) 3845 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552 427"></a><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba treats the3845 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552693"></a><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba treats the 3846 3846 share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse the 3847 3847 distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory. … … 3851 3851 Samba, refer to the MSDFS chapter in the Samba3-HOWTO book.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs root</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3852 3852 </em></span> 3853 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552 481"></a>3853 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552747"></a> 3854 3854 3855 3855 name cache timeout (G) 3856 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552 482"></a><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before3856 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552748"></a><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before 3857 3857 entries in samba's hostname resolve cache time out. If 3858 3858 the timeout is set to 0. the caching is disabled. … … 3861 3861 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name cache timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 3862 3862 </em></span> 3863 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552 542"></a>3863 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552808"></a> 3864 3864 3865 3865 name resolve order (G) 3866 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552 543"></a><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba3866 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552809"></a><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba 3867 3867 suite to determine what naming services to use and in what order 3868 3868 to resolve host names to IP addresses. Its main purpose to is to … … 3895 3895 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name resolve order</code></em> = <code class="literal">lmhosts bcast host</code> 3896 3896 </em></span> 3897 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 2744"></a>3897 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553010"></a> 3898 3898 3899 3899 netbios aliases (G) 3900 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 2745"></a><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will3900 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553011"></a><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will 3901 3901 advertise as additional names by which the Samba server is known. This allows one machine 3902 3902 to appear in browse lists under multiple names. If a machine is acting as a browse server … … 3908 3908 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios aliases</code></em> = <code class="literal">TEST TEST1 TEST2</code> 3909 3909 </em></span> 3910 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 2818"></a>3910 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553076"></a> 3911 3911 3912 3912 netbios name (G) 3913 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 2819"></a><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3913 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553077"></a><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3914 3914 This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known. By default it is the same as the first component 3915 3915 of the host's DNS name. If a machine is a browse server or logon server this name (or the first component of … … 3924 3924 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios name</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYNAME</code> 3925 3925 </em></span> 3926 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 2899"></a>3926 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553158"></a> 3927 3927 3928 3928 netbios scope (G) 3929 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 2900"></a><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will3929 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553159"></a><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will 3930 3930 operate under. This should not be set unless every machine 3931 3931 on your LAN also sets this value.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios scope</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 3932 3932 </em></span> 3933 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 2942"></a>3933 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553200"></a> 3934 3934 3935 3935 nis homedir (G) 3936 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 2943"></a><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For3936 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553201"></a><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For 3937 3937 UNIX systems that use an automounter, the user's home directory 3938 3938 will often be mounted on a workstation on demand from a remote … … 3953 3953 be a logon server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nis homedir</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3954 3954 </em></span> 3955 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553 022"></a>3955 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553280"></a> 3956 3956 3957 3957 nt acl support (S) 3958 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553 023"></a><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map3958 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553281"></a><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map 3959 3959 UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists. The UNIX 3960 3960 permissions considered are the the traditional UNIX owner and … … 3963 3963 releases prior to 2.2.2.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt acl support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3964 3964 </em></span> 3965 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553 076"></a>3965 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553335"></a> 3966 3966 3967 3967 ntlm auth (G) 3968 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553 078"></a><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to3968 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553336"></a><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 3969 3969 authenticate users using the NTLM encrypted password response. 3970 3970 If disabled, either the lanman password hash or an NTLMv2 response … … 3974 3974 special configuration to use it.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ntlm auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3975 3975 </em></span> 3976 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553 140"></a>3976 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553399"></a> 3977 3977 3978 3978 nt pipe support (G) 3979 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553 142"></a><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether3979 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553400"></a><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether 3980 3980 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow Windows NT 3981 3981 clients to connect to the NT SMB specific <code class="constant">IPC$</code> … … 3983 3983 alone.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt pipe support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3984 3984 </em></span> 3985 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553 196"></a>3985 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553455"></a> 3986 3986 3987 3987 nt status support (G) 3988 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553 198"></a><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status3988 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553456"></a><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status 3989 3989 support with Windows NT/2k/XP clients. This is a developer debugging option and should be left alone. 3990 3990 If this option is set to <code class="constant">no</code> then Samba offers … … 3992 3992 reported.</p><p>You should not need to ever disable this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt status support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3993 3993 </em></span> 3994 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553 258"></a>3994 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553517"></a> 3995 3995 3996 3996 null passwords (G) 3997 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553 259"></a><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>null passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>3998 </em></span> 3999 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553 312"></a>3997 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553518"></a><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>null passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3998 </em></span> 3999 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553570"></a> 4000 4000 4001 4001 obey pam restrictions (G) 4002 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553 313"></a><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support4002 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553571"></a><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support 4003 4003 (i.e. --with-pam), this parameter will control whether or not Samba 4004 4004 should obey PAM's account and session management directives. The … … 4010 4010 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>obey pam restrictions</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4011 4011 </em></span> 4012 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553 382"></a>4012 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553641"></a> 4013 4013 4014 4014 only user (S) 4015 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553 384"></a><a name="ONLYUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether4015 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553642"></a><a name="ONLYUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether 4016 4016 connections with usernames not in the <em class="parameter"><code>user</code></em> 4017 4017 list will be allowed. By default this option is disabled so that a … … 4026 4026 name of the user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>only user</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4027 4027 </em></span> 4028 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553 471"></a>4028 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553730"></a> 4029 4029 4030 4030 oplock break wait time (G) 4031 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553 472"></a><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4031 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553731"></a><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4032 4032 This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in both Windows 9x and WinNT. If Samba responds to a client too 4033 4033 quickly when that client issues an SMB that can cause an oplock break request, then the network client can … … 4038 4038 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplock break wait time</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 4039 4039 </em></span> 4040 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553 526"></a>4040 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553785"></a> 4041 4041 4042 4042 oplock contention limit (S) 4043 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553 527"></a><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4043 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553786"></a><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4044 4044 This is a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> advanced <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> tuning option to improve the efficiency of the 4045 4045 granting of oplocks under multiple client contention for the same file. … … 4053 4053 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplock contention limit</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 4054 4054 </em></span> 4055 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553 609"></a>4055 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553867"></a> 4056 4056 4057 4057 oplocks (S) 4058 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553 610"></a><a name="OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4058 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553868"></a><a name="OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4059 4059 This boolean option tells <code class="literal">smbd</code> whether to 4060 4060 issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this … … 4075 4075 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4076 4076 </em></span> 4077 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553 707"></a>4077 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553966"></a> 4078 4078 4079 4079 os2 driver map (G) 4080 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553 708"></a><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute4080 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553967"></a><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute 4081 4081 path to a file containing a mapping of Windows NT printer driver 4082 4082 names to OS/2 printer driver names. The format is:</p><p><nt driver name> = <os2 driver name>.<device name></p><p>For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5 … … 4088 4088 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os2 driver map</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4089 4089 </em></span> 4090 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 3774"></a>4090 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554033"></a> 4091 4091 4092 4092 os level (G) 4093 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 3776"></a><a name="OSLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4093 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554034"></a><a name="OSLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4094 4094 This integer value controls what level Samba advertises itself as for browse elections. The value of this 4095 4095 parameter determines whether <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> in the local broadcast area. … … 4107 4107 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os level</code></em> = <code class="literal">65</code> 4108 4108 </em></span> 4109 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 3874"></a>4109 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554133"></a> 4110 4110 4111 4111 pam password change (G) 4112 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 3875"></a><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2,4112 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554134"></a><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2, 4113 4113 this parameter, it is possible to use PAM's password change control 4114 4114 flag for Samba. If enabled, then PAM will be used for password … … 4118 4118 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDCHAT" target="_top">passwd chat</a> parameter for most setups.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pam password change</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4119 4119 </em></span> 4120 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 3947"></a>4120 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554205"></a> 4121 4121 4122 4122 panic action (G) 4123 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 3948"></a><a name="PANICACTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a4123 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554206"></a><a name="PANICACTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a 4124 4124 system command to be called when either <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> or <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> crashes. This is usually used to 4125 4125 draw attention to the fact that a problem occurred. … … 4128 4128 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>panic action</code></em> = <code class="literal">"/bin/sleep 90000"</code> 4129 4129 </em></span> 4130 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554 023"></a>4130 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554281"></a> 4131 4131 4132 4132 paranoid server security (G) 4133 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554 024"></a><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest4133 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554282"></a><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest 4134 4134 users with a bad passowrd. When this option is enabled, samba will not 4135 4135 use a broken NT 4.x server as password server, but instead complain … … 4139 4139 bad logon to the remote server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>paranoid server security</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4140 4140 </em></span> 4141 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554 074"></a>4141 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554332"></a> 4142 4142 4143 4143 passdb backend (G) 4144 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554 075"></a><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backend4144 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554334"></a><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backend 4145 4145 will be used for storing user and possibly group information. This allows 4146 4146 you to swap between different storage mechanisms without recompile. </p><p>The parameter value is divided into two parts, the backend's name, and a 'location' … … 4175 4175 </pre><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passdb backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> 4176 4176 </em></span> 4177 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554 231"></a>4177 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554490"></a> 4178 4178 4179 4179 passdb expand explicit (G) 4180 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554 232"></a><a name="PASSDBEXPANDEXPLICIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4180 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554491"></a><a name="PASSDBEXPANDEXPLICIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4181 4181 This parameter controls whether Samba substitutes %-macros in the passdb fields if they are explicitly set. We 4182 4182 used to expand macros here, but this turned out to be a bug because the Windows client can expand a variable … … 4184 4184 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passdb expand explicit</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4185 4185 </em></span> 4186 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554 278"></a>4186 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554537"></a> 4187 4187 4188 4188 passwd chat debug (G) 4189 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554 279"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script4189 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554538"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script 4190 4190 parameter is run in <span class="emphasis"><em>debug</em></span> mode. In this mode the 4191 4191 strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed … … 4200 4200 parameter is set. This parameter is off by default.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat debug</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4201 4201 </em></span> 4202 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554 382"></a>4202 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554640"></a> 4203 4203 4204 4204 passwd chat timeout (G) 4205 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554 383"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial4205 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554641"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial 4206 4206 answer from a passwd chat script being run. Once the initial answer is received 4207 4207 the subsequent answers must be received in one tenth of this time. The default it 4208 4208 two seconds.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 4209 4209 </em></span> 4210 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554 427"></a>4210 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554685"></a> 4211 4211 4212 4212 passwd chat (G) 4213 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554 428"></a><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span>4213 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554686"></a><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span> 4214 4214 conversation that takes places between <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and the local password changing 4215 4215 program to change the user's password. The string describes a … … 4242 4242 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat</code></em> = <code class="literal">"*Enter NEW password*" %n\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\n "*Password changed*"</code> 4243 4243 </em></span> 4244 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554 632"></a>4244 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554891"></a> 4245 4245 4246 4246 passwd program (G) 4247 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554 633"></a><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set4247 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554892"></a><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set 4248 4248 UNIX user passwords. Any occurrences of <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em> 4249 4249 will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked for … … 4266 4266 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd program</code></em> = <code class="literal">/bin/passwd %u</code> 4267 4267 </em></span> 4268 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 4767"></a>4268 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555026"></a> 4269 4269 4270 4270 password level (G) 4271 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 4768"></a><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty4271 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555027"></a><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty 4272 4272 with mixed-case passwords. One offending client is Windows for 4273 4273 Workgroups, which for some reason forces passwords to upper … … 4291 4291 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password level</code></em> = <code class="literal">4</code> 4292 4292 </em></span> 4293 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 4904"></a>4293 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555163"></a> 4294 4294 4295 4295 password server (G) 4296 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 4905"></a><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server4296 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555164"></a><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server 4297 4297 or Active Directory domain controller with this option, 4298 4298 and using <code class="literal">security = [ads|domain|server]</code> … … 4354 4354 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password server</code></em> = <code class="literal">windc.mydomain.com:389 192.168.1.101 *</code> 4355 4355 </em></span> 4356 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555 203"></a>4356 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555461"></a> 4357 4357 4358 4358 <a name="DIRECTORY"></a>directory 4359 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555 204"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PATH">path</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555234"></a>4359 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555462"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PATH">path</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555492"></a> 4360 4360 4361 4361 path (S) 4362 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555 235"></a><a name="PATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which4362 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555493"></a><a name="PATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which 4363 4363 the user of the service is to be given access. In the case of 4364 4364 printable services, this is where print data will spool prior to … … 4377 4377 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home/fred</code> 4378 4378 </em></span> 4379 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555 338"></a>4379 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555597"></a> 4380 4380 4381 4381 pid directory (G) 4382 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555 339"></a><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4382 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555598"></a><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4383 4383 This option specifies the directory where pid files will be placed. 4384 4384 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pid directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/var/locks</code> … … 4386 4386 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pid directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">pid directory = /var/run/</code> 4387 4387 </em></span> 4388 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555 398"></a>4388 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555657"></a> 4389 4389 4390 4390 posix locking (S) 4391 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555 399"></a><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4391 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555658"></a><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4392 4392 The <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> 4393 4393 daemon maintains an database of file locks obtained by SMB clients. The default behavior is … … 4397 4397 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>posix locking</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4398 4398 </em></span> 4399 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555 453"></a>4399 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555712"></a> 4400 4400 4401 4401 postexec (S) 4402 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555 454"></a><a name="POSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run4402 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555713"></a><a name="POSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run 4403 4403 whenever the service is disconnected. It takes the usual 4404 4404 substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some … … 4408 4408 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>postexec</code></em> = <code class="literal">echo \"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</code> 4409 4409 </em></span> 4410 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555 526"></a>4410 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555785"></a> 4411 4411 4412 4412 preexec close (S) 4413 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555 527"></a><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4413 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555786"></a><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4414 4414 This boolean option controls whether a non-zero return code from <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREEXEC" target="_top">preexec</a> 4415 4415 should close the service being connected to. 4416 4416 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4417 4417 </em></span> 4418 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555 581"></a>4418 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555840"></a> 4419 4419 4420 4420 <a name="EXEC"></a>exec 4421 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555 582"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREEXEC">preexec</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555613"></a>4421 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555841"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREEXEC">preexec</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555871"></a> 4422 4422 4423 4423 preexec (S) 4424 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555 614"></a><a name="PREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever4424 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555872"></a><a name="PREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever 4425 4425 the service is connected to. It takes the usual substitutions.</p><p>An interesting example is to send the users a welcome 4426 4426 message every time they log in. Maybe a message of the day? Here … … 4434 4434 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal">echo \"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</code> 4435 4435 </em></span> 4436 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555 721"></a>4436 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555979"></a> 4437 4437 4438 4438 <a name="PREFEREDMASTER"></a>prefered master 4439 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555 722"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREFERREDMASTER">preferred master</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555754"></a>4439 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555980"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREFERREDMASTER">preferred master</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556013"></a> 4440 4440 4441 4441 preferred master (G) 4442 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 5756"></a><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4442 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556014"></a><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4443 4443 This boolean parameter controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> is a preferred master browser for its workgroup. 4444 4444 </p><p> … … 4454 4454 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preferred master</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 4455 4455 </em></span> 4456 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 5847"></a>4456 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556106"></a> 4457 4457 4458 4458 preload modules (G) 4459 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 5848"></a><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should4459 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556107"></a><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should 4460 4460 be loaded into smbd before a client connects. This improves 4461 4461 the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> … … 4463 4463 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so</code> 4464 4464 </em></span> 4465 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 5908"></a>4465 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556167"></a> 4466 4466 4467 4467 <a name="AUTOSERVICES"></a>auto services 4468 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 5909"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRELOAD">preload</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555941"></a>4468 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556168"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRELOAD">preload</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556200"></a> 4469 4469 4470 4470 preload (G) 4471 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 5942"></a><a name="PRELOAD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be4471 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556201"></a><a name="PRELOAD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be 4472 4472 automatically added to the browse lists. This is most useful 4473 4473 for homes and printers services that would otherwise not be … … 4480 4480 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload</code></em> = <code class="literal">fred lp colorlp</code> 4481 4481 </em></span> 4482 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556 019"></a>4482 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556278"></a> 4483 4483 4484 4484 preserve case (S) 4485 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556 020"></a><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4485 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556279"></a><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4486 4486 This controls if new filenames are created with the case that the client passes, or if 4487 4487 they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE" target="_top">default case</a>. … … 4490 4490 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4491 4491 </em></span> 4492 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556 086"></a>4492 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556344"></a> 4493 4493 4494 4494 <a name="PRINTOK"></a>print ok 4495 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556 087"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTABLE">printable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556117"></a>4495 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556345"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTABLE">printable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556375"></a> 4496 4496 4497 4497 printable (S) 4498 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556 118"></a><a name="PRINTABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then4498 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556376"></a><a name="PRINTABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then 4499 4499 clients may open, write to and submit spool files on the directory 4500 4500 specified for the service. </p><p>Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing … … 4503 4503 the resource.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4504 4504 </em></span> 4505 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556 180"></a>4505 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556438"></a> 4506 4506 4507 4507 printcap cache time (G) 4508 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556 181"></a><a name="PRINTCAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing4508 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556440"></a><a name="PRINTCAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing 4509 4509 subsystem is again asked for the known printers. If the value 4510 4510 is greater than 60 the initial waiting time is set to 60 seconds … … 4516 4516 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printcap cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">600</code> 4517 4517 </em></span> 4518 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556 249"></a>4518 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556507"></a> 4519 4519 4520 4520 <a name="PRINTCAP"></a>printcap 4521 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556 250"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTCAPNAME">printcap name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556282"></a>4521 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556508"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTCAPNAME">printcap name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556540"></a> 4522 4522 4523 4523 printcap name (G) 4524 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556 283"></a><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4524 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556541"></a><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4525 4525 This parameter may be used to override the compiled-in default printcap name used by the server (usually 4526 4526 <code class="filename"> /etc/printcap</code>). See the discussion of the <a class="link" href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">[printers]</a> section above for reasons why you might want to do this. … … 4557 4557 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printcap name</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/myprintcap</code> 4558 4558 </em></span> 4559 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556 466"></a>4559 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556725"></a> 4560 4560 4561 4561 print command (S) 4562 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556 467"></a><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to4562 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556726"></a><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to 4563 4563 a service, this command will be used via a <code class="literal">system()</code> 4564 4564 call to process the spool file. Typically the command specified will … … 4602 4602 set print command will be ignored.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>print command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s</code> 4603 4603 </em></span> 4604 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556 736"></a>4604 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556994"></a> 4605 4605 4606 4606 printer admin (S) 4607 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556 737"></a><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4607 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556996"></a><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4608 4608 This lists users who can do anything to printers 4609 4609 via the remote administration interfaces offered … … 4621 4621 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer admin</code></em> = <code class="literal">admin, @staff</code> 4622 4622 </em></span> 4623 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 6805"></a>4623 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557064"></a> 4624 4624 4625 4625 <a name="PRINTER"></a>printer 4626 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 6806"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556837"></a>4626 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557065"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557095"></a> 4627 4627 4628 4628 printer name (S) 4629 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 6838"></a><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4629 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557096"></a><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4630 4630 This parameter specifies the name of the printer to which print jobs spooled through a printable service 4631 4631 will be sent. … … 4640 4640 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer name</code></em> = <code class="literal">laserwriter</code> 4641 4641 </em></span> 4642 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 6924"></a>4642 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557183"></a> 4643 4643 4644 4644 printing (S) 4645 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 6926"></a><a name="PRINTING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is4645 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557184"></a><a name="PRINTING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is 4646 4646 interpreted on your system. It also affects the default values for 4647 4647 the <em class="parameter"><code>print command</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lpq command</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lppause command </code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em>, and <em class="parameter"><code>lprm command</code></em> if specified in the … … 4660 4660 <code class="literal">testparm -v.</code></code> 4661 4661 </em></span> 4662 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557 078"></a>4662 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557336"></a> 4663 4663 4664 4664 printjob username (S) 4665 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557 079"></a><a name="PRINTJOBUSERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies which user information will be4665 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557337"></a><a name="PRINTJOBUSERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies which user information will be 4666 4666 passed to the printing system. Usually, the username is sent, 4667 4667 but in some cases, e.g. the domain prefix is useful, too.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printjob username</code></em> = <code class="literal">%U</code> … … 4669 4669 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printjob username</code></em> = <code class="literal">%D\%U</code> 4670 4670 </em></span> 4671 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557 139"></a>4671 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557398"></a> 4672 4672 4673 4673 private dir (G) 4674 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557 140"></a><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory4674 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557399"></a><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory 4675 4675 smbd will use for storing such files as <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code> 4676 4676 and <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code>. 4677 4677 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>private dir</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/private</code> 4678 4678 </em></span> 4679 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557 193"></a>4679 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557452"></a> 4680 4680 4681 4681 profile acls (S) 4682 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557 194"></a><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4682 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557453"></a><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4683 4683 This boolean parameter was added to fix the problems that people have been 4684 4684 having with storing user profiles on Samba shares from Windows 2000 or … … 4708 4708 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>profile acls</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4709 4709 </em></span> 4710 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557 277"></a>4710 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557536"></a> 4711 4711 4712 4712 queuepause command (S) 4713 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557 278"></a><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be4713 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557537"></a><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 4714 4714 executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 4715 4715 a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue, … … 4722 4722 server.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>queuepause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">disable %p</code> 4723 4723 </em></span> 4724 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557 354"></a>4724 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557612"></a> 4725 4725 4726 4726 queueresume command (S) 4727 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557 355"></a><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be4727 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557613"></a><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 4728 4728 executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It 4729 4729 is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the … … 4740 4740 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>queueresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">enable %p</code> 4741 4741 </em></span> 4742 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557 457"></a>4742 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557714"></a> 4743 4743 4744 4744 read list (S) 4745 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557 458"></a><a name="READLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4745 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557716"></a><a name="READLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4746 4746 This is a list of users that are given read-only access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list 4747 4747 then they will not be given write access, no matter what the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> option is set … … 4753 4753 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read list</code></em> = <code class="literal">mary, @students</code> 4754 4754 </em></span> 4755 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557 556"></a>4755 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557815"></a> 4756 4756 4757 4757 read only (S) 4758 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557 558"></a><a name="READONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITEABLE" target="_top">writeable</a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then users4758 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557816"></a><a name="READONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITEABLE" target="_top">writeable</a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then users 4759 4759 of a service may not create or modify files in the service's 4760 4760 directory.</p><p>Note that a printable service (<code class="literal">printable = yes</code>) … … 4762 4762 (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read only</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4763 4763 </em></span> 4764 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557 633"></a>4764 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557892"></a> 4765 4765 4766 4766 read raw (G) 4767 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557 634"></a><a name="READRAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server4767 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557893"></a><a name="READRAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server 4768 4768 will support the raw read SMB requests when transferring data 4769 4769 to clients.</p><p>If enabled, raw reads allow reads of 65535 bytes in … … 4774 4774 tool and left severely alone.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read raw</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4775 4775 </em></span> 4776 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557 693"></a>4776 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557952"></a> 4777 4777 4778 4778 realm (G) 4779 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557 694"></a><a name="REALM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is4779 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557953"></a><a name="REALM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is 4780 4780 used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4 <code class="literal">domain</code>. It 4781 4781 is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server. … … 4784 4784 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>realm</code></em> = <code class="literal">mysambabox.mycompany.com</code> 4785 4785 </em></span> 4786 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 7758"></a>4786 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558017"></a> 4787 4787 4788 4788 registry shares (G) 4789 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 7759"></a><a name="REGISTRYSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4789 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558018"></a><a name="REGISTRYSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4790 4790 This turns on or off support for share definitions read from 4791 4791 registry. Shares defined in <span class="emphasis"><em>smb.conf</em></span> take … … 4802 4802 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>registry shares</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4803 4803 </em></span> 4804 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 7845"></a>4804 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558103"></a> 4805 4805 4806 4806 remote announce (G) 4807 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 7846"></a><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4807 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558104"></a><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4808 4808 This option allows you to setup <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically announce itself 4809 4809 to arbitrary IP addresses with an arbitrary workgroup name. … … 4829 4829 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>remote announce</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4830 4830 </em></span> 4831 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id255 7950"></a>4831 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558208"></a> 4832 4832 4833 4833 remote browse sync (G) 4834 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id255 7951"></a><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4834 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558210"></a><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4835 4835 This option allows you to setup <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically request 4836 4836 synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba … … 4864 4864 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>remote browse sync</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4865 4865 </em></span> 4866 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558 063"></a>4866 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558321"></a> 4867 4867 4868 4868 rename user script (G) 4869 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558 064"></a><a name="RENAMEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4869 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558322"></a><a name="RENAMEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4870 4870 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run as root by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> under special circumstances described below. 4871 4871 </p><p> … … 4885 4885 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>rename user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4886 4886 </em></span> 4887 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558 153"></a>4887 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558411"></a> 4888 4888 4889 4889 reset on zero vc (G) 4890 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558 154"></a><a name="RESETONZEROVC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4890 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558412"></a><a name="RESETONZEROVC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4891 4891 This boolean option controls whether an incoming session setup 4892 4892 should kill other connections coming from the same IP. This matches … … 4907 4907 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>reset on zero vc</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4908 4908 </em></span> 4909 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558 206"></a>4909 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558464"></a> 4910 4910 4911 4911 restrict anonymous (G) 4912 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558 207"></a><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and4912 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558465"></a><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and 4913 4913 group list information is returned for an anonymous connection. 4914 4914 and mirrors the effects of the … … 4933 4933 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>restrict anonymous</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 4934 4934 </em></span> 4935 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558 290"></a>4935 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558548"></a> 4936 4936 4937 4937 <a name="ROOT"></a>root 4938 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558 291"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558323"></a>4938 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558549"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558581"></a> 4939 4939 4940 4940 <a name="ROOTDIR"></a>root dir 4941 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558 324"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558355"></a>4941 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558582"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558613"></a> 4942 4942 4943 4943 root directory (G) 4944 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558 356"></a><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The server will <code class="literal">chroot()</code> (i.e.4944 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558614"></a><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The server will <code class="literal">chroot()</code> (i.e. 4945 4945 Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is 4946 4946 not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the … … 4965 4965 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/homes/smb</code> 4966 4966 </em></span> 4967 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558 479"></a>4967 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558737"></a> 4968 4968 4969 4969 root postexec (S) 4970 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558 480"></a><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4970 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558738"></a><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4971 4971 This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>postexec</code></em> 4972 4972 parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for … … 4974 4974 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root postexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4975 4975 </em></span> 4976 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558 527"></a>4976 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558786"></a> 4977 4977 4978 4978 root preexec close (S) 4979 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558 528"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec close4979 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558787"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec close 4980 4980 </code></em> parameter except that the command is run as root.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4981 4981 </em></span> 4982 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558 576"></a>4982 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558834"></a> 4983 4983 4984 4984 root preexec (S) 4985 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558 577"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4985 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558835"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4986 4986 This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> 4987 4987 parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for … … 4989 4989 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4990 4990 </em></span> 4991 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558 624"></a>4991 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558882"></a> 4992 4992 4993 4993 security mask (S) 4994 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558 625"></a><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4994 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558883"></a><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4995 4995 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the 4996 4996 UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. … … 5011 5011 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0770</code> 5012 5012 </em></span> 5013 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558 730"></a>5013 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558989"></a> 5014 5014 5015 5015 security (G) 5016 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558 732"></a><a name="SECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to5016 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558990"></a><a name="SECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to 5017 5017 Samba and is one of the most important settings in the <code class="filename"> 5018 5018 smb.conf</code> file.</p><p>The option sets the "security mode bit" in replies to … … 5138 5138 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security</code></em> = <code class="literal">DOMAIN</code> 5139 5139 </em></span> 5140 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559 615"></a>5140 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559873"></a> 5141 5141 5142 5142 server schannel (G) 5143 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2559 616"></a><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5143 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2559874"></a><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5144 5144 This controls whether the server offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. 5145 5145 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL" target="_top">server schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL" target="_top">server schannel = auto</a> offers the schannel but does not enforce it, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL" target="_top">server schannel = yes</a> denies access if the client is not able to speak netlogon schannel. … … 5152 5152 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5153 5153 </em></span> 5154 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559 731"></a>5154 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559989"></a> 5155 5155 5156 5156 server signing (G) 5157 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2559 732"></a><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB signing. Possible values5157 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2559990"></a><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB signing. Possible values 5158 5158 are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span> 5159 5159 and <span class="emphasis"><em>disabled</em></span>. … … 5162 5162 to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">Disabled</code> 5163 5163 </em></span> 5164 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25 59792"></a>5164 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560050"></a> 5165 5165 5166 5166 server string (G) 5167 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25 59793"></a><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print5167 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560051"></a><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print 5168 5168 manager and next to the IPC connection in <code class="literal">net view</code>. It 5169 5169 can be any string that you wish to show to your users.</p><p>It also sets what will appear in browse lists next … … 5174 5174 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server string</code></em> = <code class="literal">University of GNUs Samba Server</code> 5175 5175 </em></span> 5176 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25 59883"></a>5176 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560142"></a> 5177 5177 5178 5178 set directory (S) 5179 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25 59884"></a><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5179 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560143"></a><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5180 5180 If <code class="literal">set directory = no</code>, then users of the 5181 5181 service may not use the setdir command to change directory. … … 5186 5186 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5187 5187 </em></span> 5188 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id25 59943"></a>5188 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560202"></a> 5189 5189 5190 5190 set primary group script (G) 5191 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id25 59944"></a><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a5191 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560203"></a><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a 5192 5192 primary group in addition to the auxiliary groups. This script 5193 5193 sets the primary group in the unix userdatase when an … … 5201 5201 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set primary group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/usermod -g '%g' '%u'</code> 5202 5202 </em></span> 5203 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560 025"></a>5203 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560284"></a> 5204 5204 5205 5205 set quota command (G) 5206 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560 026"></a><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">set quota command</code> should only be used5206 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560285"></a><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">set quota command</code> should only be used 5207 5207 whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that 5208 5208 samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available if Samba was configured with the argument <code class="literal">--with-sys-quotas</code> or … … 5214 5214 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/set_quota</code> 5215 5215 </em></span> 5216 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560 188"></a>5216 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560447"></a> 5217 5217 5218 5218 share modes (S) 5219 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560 189"></a><a name="SHAREMODES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of5219 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560448"></a><a name="SHAREMODES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of 5220 5220 the <em class="parameter"><code>share modes</code></em> during a file open. These 5221 5221 modes are used by clients to gain exclusive read or write access … … 5229 5229 off as many Windows applications will break if you do so.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>share modes</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5230 5230 </em></span> 5231 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560 265"></a>5231 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560523"></a> 5232 5232 5233 5233 short preserve case (S) 5234 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560 266"></a><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5234 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560524"></a><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5235 5235 This boolean parameter controls if new files which conform to 8.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of 5236 5236 suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE" target="_top">default case</a>. … … 5239 5239 </p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>short preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5240 5240 </em></span> 5241 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560 345"></a>5241 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560603"></a> 5242 5242 5243 5243 show add printer wizard (G) 5244 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560 346"></a><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support5244 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560604"></a><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support 5245 5245 for Windows NT/2000 client in Samba 2.2, a "Printers..." folder will 5246 5246 appear on Samba hosts in the share listing. Normally this folder will … … 5260 5260 administrative privilege on an individual printer.</p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>show add printer wizard</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5261 5261 </em></span> 5262 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560 428"></a>5262 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560687"></a> 5263 5263 5264 5264 shutdown script (G) 5265 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560 429"></a><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by5265 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560688"></a><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by 5266 5266 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that should 5267 5267 start a shutdown procedure.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>, … … 5289 5289 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f</code> 5290 5290 </em></span> 5291 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560 582"></a>5291 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560841"></a> 5292 5292 5293 5293 smb encrypt (S) 5294 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560 583"></a><a name="SMBENCRYPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a new feature introduced with Samba 3.2 and above. It is an5294 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560842"></a><a name="SMBENCRYPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a new feature introduced with Samba 3.2 and above. It is an 5295 5295 extension to the SMB/CIFS protocol negotiated as part of the UNIX extensions. 5296 5296 SMB encryption uses the GSSAPI (SSPI on Windows) ability to encrypt … … 5320 5320 to disabled, SMB encryption can not be negotiated.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb encrypt</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 5321 5321 </em></span> 5322 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560 688"></a>5322 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560947"></a> 5323 5323 5324 5324 smb passwd file (G) 5325 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560 689"></a><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By5325 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560948"></a><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By 5326 5326 default the path to the smbpasswd file is compiled into Samba.</p><p> 5327 5327 An example of use is: … … 5331 5331 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb passwd file</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/private/smbpasswd</code> 5332 5332 </em></span> 5333 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 0742"></a>5333 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561000"></a> 5334 5334 5335 5335 smb ports (G) 5336 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 0743"></a><a name="SMBPORTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb ports</code></em> = <code class="literal">445 139</code>5337 </em></span> 5338 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 0784"></a>5336 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561002"></a><a name="SMBPORTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb ports</code></em> = <code class="literal">445 139</code> 5337 </em></span> 5338 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561042"></a> 5339 5339 5340 5340 socket address (G) 5341 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 0785"></a><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what5341 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561043"></a><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what 5342 5342 address Samba will listen for connections on. This is used to 5343 5343 support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each … … 5348 5348 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket address</code></em> = <code class="literal">192.168.2.20</code> 5349 5349 </em></span> 5350 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 0854"></a>5350 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561112"></a> 5351 5351 5352 5352 socket options (G) 5353 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 0855"></a><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options5353 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561114"></a><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options 5354 5354 to be used when talking with the client.</p><p>Socket options are controls on the networking layer 5355 5355 of the operating systems which allow the connection to be … … 5379 5379 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket options</code></em> = <code class="literal">IPTOS_LOWDELAY</code> 5380 5380 </em></span> 5381 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561 064"></a>5381 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561323"></a> 5382 5382 5383 5383 stat cache (G) 5384 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561 065"></a><a name="STATCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to5384 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561324"></a><a name="STATCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to 5385 5385 speed up case insensitive name mappings. You should never need 5386 5386 to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5387 5387 </em></span> 5388 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561 116"></a>5388 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561374"></a> 5389 5389 5390 5390 store dos attributes (S) 5391 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561 117"></a><a name="STOREDOSATTRIBUTES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5391 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561375"></a><a name="STOREDOSATTRIBUTES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5392 5392 If this parameter is set Samba attempts to first read DOS attributes (SYSTEM, HIDDEN, ARCHIVE or 5393 5393 READ-ONLY) from a filesystem extended attribute, before mapping DOS attributes to UNIX permission bits (such … … 5401 5401 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>store dos attributes</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5402 5402 </em></span> 5403 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561 237"></a>5403 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561496"></a> 5404 5404 5405 5405 strict allocate (S) 5406 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561 238"></a><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of5406 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561497"></a><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of 5407 5407 disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> 5408 5408 the server will change from UNIX behaviour of not committing real … … 5416 5416 of users.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict allocate</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5417 5417 </em></span> 5418 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561 308"></a>5418 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561566"></a> 5419 5419 5420 5420 strict locking (S) 5421 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561 309"></a><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5421 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561567"></a><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5422 5422 This is an enumerated type that controls the handling of file locking in the server. When this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, 5423 5423 the server will check every read and write access for file locks, and deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on … … 5435 5435 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict locking</code></em> = <code class="literal">Auto</code> 5436 5436 </em></span> 5437 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561 387"></a>5437 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561646"></a> 5438 5438 5439 5439 strict sync (S) 5440 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561 388"></a><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer5440 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561647"></a><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer 5441 5441 shell) seem to confuse flushing buffer contents to disk with doing 5442 5442 a sync to disk. Under UNIX, a sync call forces the process to be … … 5452 5452 reported with the new Windows98 explorer shell file copies.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5453 5453 </em></span> 5454 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561 452"></a>5454 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561711"></a> 5455 5455 5456 5456 svcctl list (G) 5457 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561 453"></a><a name="SVCCTLLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd5457 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561712"></a><a name="SVCCTLLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd 5458 5458 will use for starting and stopping Unix services via the Win32 5459 5459 ServiceControl API. This allows Windows administrators to … … 5468 5468 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>svcctl list</code></em> = <code class="literal">cups postfix portmap httpd</code> 5469 5469 </em></span> 5470 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561 537"></a>5470 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561801"></a> 5471 5471 5472 5472 sync always (S) 5473 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561 538"></a><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls5473 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561802"></a><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls 5474 5474 whether writes will always be written to stable storage before 5475 5475 the write call returns. If this is <code class="constant">no</code> then the server will be … … 5482 5482 any affect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>sync always</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5483 5483 </em></span> 5484 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561 608"></a>5484 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561871"></a> 5485 5485 5486 5486 syslog only (G) 5487 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561 609"></a><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5487 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561872"></a><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5488 5488 If this parameter is set then Samba debug messages are logged into the system 5489 5489 syslog only, and not to the debug log files. There still will be some … … 5491 5491 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5492 5492 </em></span> 5493 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561 656"></a>5493 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561919"></a> 5494 5494 5495 5495 syslog (G) 5496 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561 657"></a><a name="SYSLOG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5496 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561920"></a><a name="SYSLOG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5497 5497 This parameter maps how Samba debug messages are logged onto the system syslog logging levels. 5498 5498 Samba debug level zero maps onto syslog <code class="constant">LOG_ERR</code>, debug level one maps onto … … 5505 5505 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code> 5506 5506 </em></span> 5507 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561 726"></a>5507 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561989"></a> 5508 5508 5509 5509 template homedir (G) 5510 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561 727"></a><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT5510 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561990"></a><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 5511 5511 user, the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this 5512 5512 parameter to fill in the home directory for that user. If the … … 5516 5516 is substituted with the user's Windows NT user name.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>template homedir</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home/%D/%U</code> 5517 5517 </em></span> 5518 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 1792"></a>5518 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562055"></a> 5519 5519 5520 5520 template shell (G) 5521 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 1793"></a><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT5521 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562056"></a><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 5522 5522 user, the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this 5523 parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 1831"></a>5523 parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562094"></a> 5524 5524 5525 5525 time offset (G) 5526 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 1832"></a><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add5526 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562095"></a><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add 5527 5527 to the normal GMT to local time conversion. This is useful if 5528 5528 you are serving a lot of PCs that have incorrect daylight … … 5531 5531 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>time offset</code></em> = <code class="literal">60</code> 5532 5532 </em></span> 5533 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 1891"></a>5533 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562154"></a> 5534 5534 5535 5535 time server (G) 5536 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 1892"></a><a name="TIMESERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows5536 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562155"></a><a name="TIMESERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows 5537 5537 clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>time server</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5538 5538 </em></span> 5539 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 1941"></a>5539 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562204"></a> 5540 5540 5541 5541 unix charset (G) 5542 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 1942"></a><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine5542 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562206"></a><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine 5543 5543 Samba runs on uses. Samba needs to know this in order to be able to 5544 5544 convert text to the charsets other SMB clients use. … … 5549 5549 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">ASCII</code> 5550 5550 </em></span> 5551 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562 007"></a>5551 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562270"></a> 5552 5552 5553 5553 unix extensions (G) 5554 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562 008"></a><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba5554 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562272"></a><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 5555 5555 implements the CIFS UNIX extensions, as defined by HP. 5556 5556 These extensions enable Samba to better serve UNIX CIFS clients … … 5559 5559 no current use to Windows clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix extensions</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5560 5560 </em></span> 5561 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562 055"></a>5561 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562318"></a> 5562 5562 5563 5563 unix password sync (G) 5564 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562 056"></a><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba5564 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562319"></a><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 5565 5565 attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password 5566 5566 when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed. … … 5571 5571 access to the old password cleartext, only the new).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix password sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5572 5572 </em></span> 5573 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562 116"></a>5573 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562379"></a> 5574 5574 5575 5575 update encrypted (G) 5576 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562 117"></a><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5576 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562380"></a><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5577 5577 This boolean parameter allows a user logging on with a plaintext password to have their encrypted (hashed) 5578 5578 password in the smbpasswd file to be updated automatically as they log on. This option allows a site to … … 5592 5592 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>update encrypted</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5593 5593 </em></span> 5594 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562 234"></a>5594 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562498"></a> 5595 5595 5596 5596 use client driver (S) 5597 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562 235"></a><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/20005597 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562499"></a><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000 5598 5598 clients. It has no effect on Windows 95/98/ME clients. When 5599 5599 serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing … … 5620 5620 server.</em></span></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use client driver</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5621 5621 </em></span> 5622 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562 315"></a>5622 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562578"></a> 5623 5623 5624 5624 use kerberos keytab (G) 5625 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562 316"></a><a name="USEKERBEROSKEYTAB"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5625 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562580"></a><a name="USEKERBEROSKEYTAB"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5626 5626 Specifies whether Samba should attempt to maintain service principals in the systems 5627 5627 keytab file for <code class="constant">host/FQDN</code> and <code class="constant">cifs/FQDN</code>. … … 5635 5635 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use kerberos keytab</code></em> = <code class="literal">False</code> 5636 5636 </em></span> 5637 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562 384"></a>5637 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562647"></a> 5638 5638 5639 5639 use mmap (G) 5640 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562 385"></a><a name="USEMMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can5640 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562648"></a><a name="USEMMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can 5641 5641 depend on mmap working correctly on the running system. Samba requires a coherent 5642 5642 mmap/read-write system memory cache. Currently only HPUX does not have such a … … 5647 5647 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use mmap</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5648 5648 </em></span> 5649 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562 436"></a>5649 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562699"></a> 5650 5650 5651 5651 username level (G) 5652 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562 437"></a><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at5652 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562700"></a><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at 5653 5653 the real UNIX username, as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase 5654 5654 username. By default Samba tries all lowercase, followed by the … … 5665 5665 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username level</code></em> = <code class="literal">5</code> 5666 5666 </em></span> 5667 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562 517"></a>5667 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562781"></a> 5668 5668 5669 5669 username map script (G) 5670 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562 518"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the5670 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562782"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the 5671 5671 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP" target="_top">username map</a> parameter. This parameter 5672 5672 specifies and external program or script that must accept a single … … 5679 5679 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers.sh</code> 5680 5680 </em></span> 5681 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562 594"></a>5681 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562858"></a> 5682 5682 5683 5683 username map (G) 5684 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562 595"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5684 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562859"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5685 5685 This option allows you to specify a file containing a mapping of usernames from the clients to the server. 5686 5686 This can be used for several purposes. The most common is to map usernames that users use on DOS or Windows … … 5766 5766 # no username map</code> 5767 5767 </em></span> 5768 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 2874"></a>5768 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563137"></a> 5769 5769 5770 5770 <a name="USER"></a>user 5771 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 2875"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562906"></a>5771 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563138"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563169"></a> 5772 5772 5773 5773 <a name="USERS"></a>users 5774 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 2907"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562938"></a>5774 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563170"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563201"></a> 5775 5775 5776 5776 username (S) 5777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 2939"></a><a name="USERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited5777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563202"></a><a name="USERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited 5778 5778 list, in which case the supplied password will be tested against 5779 5779 each username in turn (left to right).</p><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> line is needed only when … … 5813 5813 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> = <code class="literal">fred, mary, jack, jane, @users, @pcgroup</code> 5814 5814 </em></span> 5815 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563 108"></a>5815 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563371"></a> 5816 5816 5817 5817 usershare allow guests (G) 5818 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563 109"></a><a name="USERSHAREALLOWGUESTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed5818 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563372"></a><a name="USERSHAREALLOWGUESTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed 5819 5819 to be accessed by non-authenticated users or not. It is the equivalent 5820 5820 of allowing people who can create a share the option of setting … … 5823 5823 is set to off.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare allow guests</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5824 5824 </em></span> 5825 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563 160"></a>5825 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563424"></a> 5826 5826 5827 5827 usershare max shares (G) 5828 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563 162"></a><a name="USERSHAREMAXSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares5828 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563425"></a><a name="USERSHAREMAXSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares 5829 5829 that are allowed to be created by users belonging to the group owning the 5830 5830 usershare directory. If set to zero (the default) user defined shares are ignored. 5831 5831 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare max shares</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 5832 5832 </em></span> 5833 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563 206"></a>5833 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563469"></a> 5834 5834 5835 5835 usershare owner only (G) 5836 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563 207"></a><a name="USERSHAREOWNERONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by5836 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563470"></a><a name="USERSHAREOWNERONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by 5837 5837 a user defined shares must be owned by the user creating the 5838 5838 user defined share or not. If set to True (the default) then … … 5844 5844 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare owner only</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 5845 5845 </em></span> 5846 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563 263"></a>5846 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563527"></a> 5847 5847 5848 5848 usershare path (G) 5849 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563 264"></a><a name="USERSHAREPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the5849 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563528"></a><a name="USERSHAREPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the 5850 5850 filesystem used to store the user defined share definition files. 5851 5851 This directory must be owned by root, and have no access for … … 5868 5868 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare path</code></em> = <code class="literal">NULL</code> 5869 5869 </em></span> 5870 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563 334"></a>5870 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563598"></a> 5871 5871 5872 5872 usershare prefix allow list (G) 5873 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563 335"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXALLOWLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames5873 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563599"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXALLOWLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames 5874 5874 the root of which are allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. 5875 5875 If the pathname to be exported doesn't start with one of the strings in this … … 5886 5886 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare prefix allow list</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home /data /space</code> 5887 5887 </em></span> 5888 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563 407"></a>5888 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563670"></a> 5889 5889 5890 5890 usershare prefix deny list (G) 5891 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563 408"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXDENYLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames5891 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563671"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXDENYLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames 5892 5892 the root of which are NOT allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. 5893 5893 If the pathname exported starts with one of the strings in this … … 5905 5905 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare prefix deny list</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc /dev /private</code> 5906 5906 </em></span> 5907 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563 482"></a>5907 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563745"></a> 5908 5908 5909 5909 usershare template share (G) 5910 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563 483"></a><a name="USERSHARETEMPLATESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>User defined shares only have limited possible parameters5910 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563746"></a><a name="USERSHARETEMPLATESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>User defined shares only have limited possible parameters 5911 5911 such as path, guest ok, etc. This parameter allows usershares to 5912 5912 "cloned" from an existing share. If "usershare template share" … … 5923 5923 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare template share</code></em> = <code class="literal">template_share</code> 5924 5924 </em></span> 5925 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563 555"></a>5925 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563818"></a> 5926 5926 5927 5927 use sendfile (S) 5928 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563 556"></a><a name="USESENDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and the <code class="constant">sendfile()</code>5928 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563819"></a><a name="USESENDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and the <code class="constant">sendfile()</code> 5929 5929 system call is supported by the underlying operating system, then some SMB read calls 5930 5930 (mainly ReadAndX and ReadRaw) will use the more efficient sendfile system call for files that … … 5935 5935 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use sendfile</code></em> = <code class="literal">false</code> 5936 5936 </em></span> 5937 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563 612"></a>5937 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563875"></a> 5938 5938 5939 5939 use spnego (G) 5940 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563 613"></a><a name="USESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This variable controls controls whether samba will try5940 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563876"></a><a name="USESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This variable controls controls whether samba will try 5941 5941 to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with 5942 5942 WindowsXP and Windows2000 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism. … … 5946 5946 disabled.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use spnego</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5947 5947 </em></span> 5948 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563 662"></a>5948 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563925"></a> 5949 5949 5950 5950 utmp directory (G) 5951 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563 663"></a><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has5951 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563926"></a><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has 5952 5952 been configured and compiled with the option <code class="literal"> 5953 5953 --with-utmp</code>. It specifies a directory pathname that is … … 5961 5961 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/utmp</code> 5962 5962 </em></span> 5963 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 3740"></a>5963 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564003"></a> 5964 5964 5965 5965 utmp (G) 5966 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 3741"></a><a name="UTMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5966 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564004"></a><a name="UTMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5967 5967 This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled 5968 5968 with the option <code class="literal">--with-utmp</code>. If set to … … 5976 5976 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5977 5977 </em></span> 5978 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 3802"></a>5978 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564066"></a> 5979 5979 5980 5980 valid users (S) 5981 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 3803"></a><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5981 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564067"></a><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5982 5982 This is a list of users that should be allowed to login to this service. Names starting with 5983 5983 '@', '+' and '&' are interpreted using the same rules as described in the … … 5995 5995 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>valid users</code></em> = <code class="literal">greg, @pcusers</code> 5996 5996 </em></span> 5997 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 3894"></a>5997 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564157"></a> 5998 5998 5999 5999 -valid (S) 6000 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 3895"></a><a name="-VALID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is6000 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564158"></a><a name="-VALID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is 6001 6001 valid and thus can be used. When this parameter is set to false, 6002 6002 the share will be in no way visible nor accessible. … … 6007 6007 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>-valid</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6008 6008 </em></span> 6009 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 3943"></a>6009 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564207"></a> 6010 6010 6011 6011 veto files (S) 6012 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 3944"></a><a name="VETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6012 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564208"></a><a name="VETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6013 6013 This is a list of files and directories that are neither visible nor accessible. Each entry in 6014 6014 the list must be separated by a '/', which allows spaces to be included in the entry. '*' and '?' … … 6041 6041 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>veto files</code></em> = <code class="literal">No files or directories are vetoed.</code> 6042 6042 </em></span> 6043 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564 062"></a>6043 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564325"></a> 6044 6044 6045 6045 veto oplock files (S) 6046 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564 063"></a><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6046 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564326"></a><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6047 6047 This parameter is only valid when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" target="_top">oplocks</a> 6048 6048 parameter is turned on for a share. It allows the Samba administrator … … 6065 6065 # No files are vetoed for oplock grants</code> 6066 6066 </em></span> 6067 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564 155"></a>6067 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564418"></a> 6068 6068 6069 6069 <a name="VFSOBJECT"></a>vfs object 6070 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564 156"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564187"></a>6070 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564420"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564450"></a> 6071 6071 6072 6072 vfs objects (S) 6073 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564 188"></a><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which6073 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564452"></a><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which 6074 6074 are used for Samba VFS I/O operations. By default, normal 6075 6075 disk I/O operations are used but these can be overloaded … … 6078 6078 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>vfs objects</code></em> = <code class="literal">extd_audit recycle</code> 6079 6079 </em></span> 6080 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564 247"></a>6080 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564510"></a> 6081 6081 6082 6082 volume (S) 6083 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564 248"></a><a name="VOLUME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the volume label6083 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564512"></a><a name="VOLUME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the volume label 6084 6084 returned for a share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs 6085 6085 that insist on a particular volume label.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>volume</code></em> = <code class="literal"> 6086 6086 # the name of the share</code> 6087 6087 </em></span> 6088 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564 291"></a>6088 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564554"></a> 6089 6089 6090 6090 wide links (S) 6091 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564 292"></a><a name="WIDELINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links6091 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564555"></a><a name="WIDELINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links 6092 6092 in the UNIX file system may be followed by the server. Links 6093 6093 that point to areas within the directory tree exported by the … … 6097 6097 that Samba has to do in order to perform the link checks.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wide links</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6098 6098 </em></span> 6099 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564 343"></a>6099 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564606"></a> 6100 6100 6101 6101 winbind cache time (G) 6102 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564 344"></a><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of6102 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564607"></a><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of 6103 6103 seconds the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon will cache 6104 6104 user and group information before querying a Windows NT server … … 6108 6108 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">300</code> 6109 6109 </em></span> 6110 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564 415"></a>6110 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564678"></a> 6111 6111 6112 6112 winbind enum groups (G) 6113 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564 416"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress6113 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564679"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress 6114 6114 the enumeration of groups through the <code class="literal">setgrent()</code>, 6115 6115 <code class="literal">getgrent()</code> and … … 6119 6119 call will not return any data. </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Turning off group enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6120 6120 </em></span> 6121 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564 506"></a>6121 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564768"></a> 6122 6122 6123 6123 winbind enum users (G) 6124 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564 507"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be6124 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564770"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be 6125 6125 necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the <code class="literal">setpwent()</code>, 6126 6126 <code class="literal">getpwent()</code> and … … 6134 6134 usernames. </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum users</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6135 6135 </em></span> 6136 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564 599"></a>6136 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564862"></a> 6137 6137 6138 6138 winbind expand groups (G) 6139 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564 600"></a><a name="WINBINDEXPANDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum depth that winbindd6139 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564863"></a><a name="WINBINDEXPANDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum depth that winbindd 6140 6140 will traverse when flattening nested group memberships 6141 6141 of Windows domain groups. This is different from the … … 6149 6149 incoming NSS or authentication requests during this time.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind expand groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code> 6150 6150 </em></span> 6151 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564 668"></a>6151 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564931"></a> 6152 6152 6153 6153 winbind nested groups (G) 6154 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564 669"></a><a name="WINBINDNESTEDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested6154 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564932"></a><a name="WINBINDNESTEDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested 6155 6155 groups. Nested groups are also called local groups or 6156 6156 aliases. They work like their counterparts in Windows: Nested … … 6160 6160 groups, you need to run nss_winbind.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind nested groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6161 6161 </em></span> 6162 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564 718"></a>6162 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564981"></a> 6163 6163 6164 6164 winbind normalize names (G) 6165 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564 719"></a><a name="WINBINDNORMALIZENAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace6165 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564982"></a><a name="WINBINDNORMALIZENAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace 6166 6166 whitespace in user and group names with an underscore (_) character. 6167 6167 For example, whether the name "Space Kadet" should be … … 6183 6183 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind normalize names</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6184 6184 </em></span> 6185 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 4796"></a>6185 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565059"></a> 6186 6186 6187 6187 winbind nss info (G) 6188 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 4797"></a><a name="WINBINDNSSINFO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name6188 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565060"></a><a name="WINBINDNSSINFO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name 6189 6189 Service Information to construct a user's home directory and login shell. 6190 6190 Currently the following settings are available: … … 6208 6208 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind nss info</code></em> = <code class="literal">template sfu</code> 6209 6209 </em></span> 6210 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 4916"></a>6210 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565178"></a> 6211 6211 6212 6212 winbind offline logon (G) 6213 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 4917"></a><a name="WINBINDOFFLINELOGON"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should6213 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565180"></a><a name="WINBINDOFFLINELOGON"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should 6214 6214 allow to login with the <em class="parameter"><code>pam_winbind</code></em> 6215 6215 module using Cached Credentials. If enabled, winbindd will store user credentials … … 6219 6219 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind offline logon</code></em> = <code class="literal">true</code> 6220 6220 </em></span> 6221 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 4985"></a>6221 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565248"></a> 6222 6222 6223 6223 winbind reconnect delay (G) 6224 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 4986"></a><a name="WINBINDRECONNECTDELAY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of6224 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565249"></a><a name="WINBINDRECONNECTDELAY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of 6225 6225 seconds the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon will wait between 6226 6226 attempts to contact a Domain controller for a domain that is 6227 6227 determined to be down or not contactable.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind reconnect delay</code></em> = <code class="literal">30</code> 6228 6228 </em></span> 6229 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565 038"></a>6229 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565300"></a> 6230 6230 6231 6231 winbind refresh tickets (G) 6232 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565 039"></a><a name="WINBINDREFRESHTICKETS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets6232 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565302"></a><a name="WINBINDREFRESHTICKETS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets 6233 6233 retrieved using the <em class="parameter"><code>pam_winbind</code></em> module. 6234 6234 … … 6237 6237 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind refresh tickets</code></em> = <code class="literal">true</code> 6238 6238 </em></span> 6239 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565 105"></a>6239 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565368"></a> 6240 6240 6241 6241 winbind rpc only (G) 6242 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565 106"></a><a name="WINBINDRPCONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6242 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565369"></a><a name="WINBINDRPCONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6243 6243 Setting this parameter to <code class="literal">yes</code> forces 6244 6244 winbindd to use RPC instead of LDAP to retrieve information from Domain … … 6246 6246 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind rpc only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6247 6247 </em></span> 6248 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565 153"></a>6248 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565416"></a> 6249 6249 6250 6250 winbind separator (G) 6251 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565 154"></a><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character6251 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565417"></a><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character 6252 6252 used when listing a username of the form of <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN 6253 6253 </code></em>\<em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>. This parameter … … 6260 6260 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind separator</code></em> = <code class="literal">+</code> 6261 6261 </em></span> 6262 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565 240"></a>6262 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565503"></a> 6263 6263 6264 6264 winbind trusted domains only (G) 6265 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565 242"></a><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6265 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565504"></a><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6266 6266 This parameter is designed to allow Samba servers that are members 6267 6267 of a Samba controlled domain to use UNIX accounts distributed via NIS, … … 6274 6274 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind trusted domains only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6275 6275 </em></span> 6276 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565 308"></a>6276 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565570"></a> 6277 6277 6278 6278 winbind use default domain (G) 6279 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565 309"></a><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the6279 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565572"></a><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the 6280 6280 <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon should operate on users 6281 6281 without domain component in their username. Users without a domain … … 6287 6287 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind use default domain</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6288 6288 </em></span> 6289 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565 380"></a>6289 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565643"></a> 6290 6290 6291 6291 wins hook (G) 6292 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565 381"></a><a name="WINSHOOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this6292 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565644"></a><a name="WINSHOOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this 6293 6293 allows you to call an external program for all changes to the 6294 6294 WINS database. The primary use for this option is to allow the … … 6311 6311 empty then the name should be deleted.</p></li></ul></div><p>An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update 6312 6312 program <code class="literal">nsupdate</code> is provided in the examples 6313 directory of the Samba source code. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565 487"></a>6313 directory of the Samba source code. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565750"></a> 6314 6314 6315 6315 wins proxy (G) 6316 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565 488"></a><a name="WINSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name6316 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565751"></a><a name="WINSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name 6317 6317 queries on behalf of other hosts. You may need to set this 6318 6318 to <code class="constant">yes</code> for some older clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6319 6319 </em></span> 6320 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565 542"></a>6320 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565804"></a> 6321 6321 6322 6322 wins server (G) 6323 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565 543"></a><a name="WINSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP6323 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565806"></a><a name="WINSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP 6324 6324 address for preference) of the WINS server that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> should register with. If you have a WINS server on 6325 6325 your network then you should set this to the WINS server's IP.</p><p>You should point this at your WINS server if you have a … … 6340 6340 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins server</code></em> = <code class="literal">192.9.200.1 192.168.2.61</code> 6341 6341 </em></span> 6342 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565 652"></a>6342 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565915"></a> 6343 6343 6344 6344 wins support (G) 6345 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565 653"></a><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should6345 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565916"></a><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should 6346 6346 not set this to <code class="constant">yes</code> unless you have a multi-subnetted network and 6347 6347 you wish a particular <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to be your WINS server. … … 6349 6349 on more than one machine in your network.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6350 6350 </em></span> 6351 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565 721"></a>6351 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565984"></a> 6352 6352 6353 6353 workgroup (G) 6354 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565 722"></a><a name="WORKGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will6354 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2565985"></a><a name="WORKGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will 6355 6355 appear to be in when queried by clients. Note that this parameter 6356 6356 also controls the Domain name used with … … 6360 6360 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>workgroup</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYGROUP</code> 6361 6361 </em></span> 6362 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 5794"></a>6362 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566057"></a> 6363 6363 6364 6364 <a name="WRITABLE"></a>writable 6365 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 5795"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565825"></a>6365 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2566058"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566088"></a> 6366 6366 6367 6367 writeable (S) 6368 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 5826"></a><a name="WRITEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>writeable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>6369 </em></span> 6370 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 5876"></a>6368 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2566089"></a><a name="WRITEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>writeable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6369 </em></span> 6370 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566139"></a> 6371 6371 6372 6372 write cache size (S) 6373 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 5877"></a><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value,6373 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2566140"></a><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 6374 6374 Samba will create an in-memory cache for each oplocked file 6375 6375 (it does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> do this for … … 6389 6389 # for a 256k cache size per file</code> 6390 6390 </em></span> 6391 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id256 5960"></a>6391 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566223"></a> 6392 6392 6393 6393 write list (S) 6394 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id256 5961"></a><a name="WRITELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6394 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2566224"></a><a name="WRITELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6395 6395 This is a list of users that are given read-write access to a service. If the 6396 6396 connecting user is in this list then they will be given write access, no matter … … 6407 6407 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write list</code></em> = <code class="literal">admin, root, @staff</code> 6408 6408 </em></span> 6409 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566 053"></a>6409 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566316"></a> 6410 6410 6411 6411 write raw (G) 6412 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2566 054"></a><a name="WRITERAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server6412 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2566317"></a><a name="WRITERAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server 6413 6413 will support raw write SMB's when transferring data from clients. 6414 6414 You should never need to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write raw</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6415 6415 </em></span> 6416 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566 097"></a>6416 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566360"></a> 6417 6417 6418 6418 wtmp directory (G) 6419 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2566 098"></a><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6419 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2566361"></a><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6420 6420 This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option <code class="literal"> 6421 6421 --with-utmp</code>. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on … … 6429 6429 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wtmp directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/log/wtmp</code> 6430 6430 </em></span> 6431 </p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2566 181"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p>6431 </p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2566444"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p> 6432 6432 Although the configuration file permits service names to contain spaces, your client software may not. 6433 6433 Spaces will be ignored in comparisons anyway, so it shouldn't be a problem - but be aware of the possibility. … … 6442 6442 care when designing these sections. In particular, ensure that the permissions on spool directories are 6443 6443 correct. 6444 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2566 231"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2566242"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>6445 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2566 321"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>6444 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2566494"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2566504"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 6445 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2566584"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 6446 6446 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 6447 6447 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.
Note:
See TracChangeset
for help on using the changeset viewer.
